Mano 503 texts and 1784 matches in Suttanta Pali


Sutta Title Words Ct Mr Links Type Quote
an1.51-60mano manopubbaṅgamā4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā akusalā akusalabhāgiyā akusalapakkhikā, sabbe te manopubbaṅgamā.   “Mendicants, intention shapes all phenomena whatsoever that are unskillful, part of the unskillful, on the side of the unskillful.  
Mano tesaṁ dhammānaṁ paṭhamaṁ uppajjati, anvadeva akusalā dhammā”ti.  
Intention is the first of those phenomena to arise, and unskillful phenomena follow right behind.”  
“Ye keci, bhikkhave, dhammā kusalā kusalabhāgiyā kusalapakkhikā, sabbe te manopubbaṅgamā.  
“Mendicants, intention shapes all phenomena whatsoever that are skillful, part of the skillful, on the side of the skillful.  
Mano tesaṁ dhammānaṁ paṭhamaṁ uppajjati, anvadeva kusalā dhammā”ti.  
Intention is the first of those phenomena to arise, and skillful phenomena follow right behind.”  

an1.198-208manomayaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Etadaggaṁ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminantānaṁ yadidaṁ cūḷapanthako.   “The foremost of my monk disciples in creating a mind-made body is Cūḷapanthaka.  

an1.278-286manoduccaritassa2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ vacīduccaritassa …pe… yaṁ manoduccaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.   “It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen for a likable, desirable, agreeable result to come from bad verbal … bad mental conduct.  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ manoduccaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible for an unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable result to come from bad verbal … bad mental conduct.” 

an1.287-295manoduccaritasamaṅgī manosucaritasamaṅgī manosucaritassa6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ vacīsucaritassa …pe… manosucaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.   “It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen for an unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable result to come from good verbal … good mental conduct.  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ manosucaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible for a likable, desirable, agreeable result to come from good verbal … good mental conduct.”  
“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ vacīduccaritasamaṅgī …pe… yaṁ manoduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
“It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in bad verbal … bad mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ manoduccaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible that someone who has engaged in bad verbal … bad mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.”  
“Aṭṭhānametaṁ, bhikkhave, anavakāso yaṁ vacīsucaritasamaṅgī …pe… yaṁ manosucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya. Netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
“It is impossible, mendicants, it cannot happen that someone who has engaged in good verbal … good mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell.  
Ṭhānañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vijjati yaṁ manosucaritasamaṅgī tannidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya. Ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī”ti.  
But it is possible that someone who has engaged in good verbal … good mental conduct could, for that reason alone, when their body breaks up, after death, be reborn in a good place, heavenly realm.” 

an1.306-315manokammaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“Micchādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yañca vacīkammaṁ …pe… yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā aniṭṭhāya akantāya amanāpāya ahitāya dukkhāya saṁvattanti.   “Mendicants, when an individual has wrong view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable, harmful, and suffering.  
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhikassa purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yañca vacīkammaṁ …pe… yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā aniṭṭhāya akantāya amanāpāya ahitāya dukkhāya saṁvattanti.  
In the same way, when an individual has wrong view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable, harmful, and suffering.  
“Sammādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yañca vacīkammaṁ …pe… yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattanti.  
“Mendicants, when an individual has right view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, beneficial, and pleasant.  
Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhikassa purisapuggalassa yañceva kāyakammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yañca vacīkammaṁ …pe… yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā sabbe te dhammā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattanti.  
In the same way, when an individual has right view, whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, beneficial, and pleasant.  

an2.1-10manoduccaritan’ti manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritan’ti manosucaritaṁ11Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pana pāpako dukkho vipāko abhisamparāyaṁ, vacīduccaritassa pāpako dukkho vipāko abhisamparāyaṁ, manoduccaritassa pāpako dukkho vipāko abhisamparāyaṁ.   ‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in the next life.  
So samparāyikassa vajjassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  
Afraid of the fault to do with lives to come, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.  
manoduccaritaṁ kataṁ hoti, akataṁ hoti manosucaritaṁ.  
‘manoduccaritaṁ me katan’ti tappati, ‘akataṁ me manosucaritan’ti tappati.  
manosucaritaṁ kataṁ hoti, akataṁ hoti manoduccaritaṁ.  
‘manosucaritaṁ me katan’ti na tappati, ‘akataṁ me manoduccaritan’ti na tappati.  

an2.11-20anattamano attamano manoduccaritan’ti manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritan’ti manosucaritaṁ31Pi En Ru dhamma

‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, vacīduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, manoduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañcā’ti.   ‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in both this life and the next.’  
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  
Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.  
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, vacīduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, manoduccaritassa pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañcā’ti.  
‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in both this life and the next.’  
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  
Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.  
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, vacīduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañca, manoduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko diṭṭhe ceva dhamme abhisamparāyañcā’ti.  
‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad, painful result in both this life and the next.’  
So iti paṭisaṅkhāya kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  
Reflecting like this, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.  
Disvā ca pana maṁ so bhikkhu akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena anattamano ahosi.  
When they saw me, they were upset,  
Anattamano samāno anattamanavacanaṁ maṁ so bhikkhu avaca.  
and they voiced their unhappiness to me.  
Anattamanavacanāhaṁ tena bhikkhunā vutto samāno anattamano ahosiṁ.  
Then I also got upset,  
Anattamanavacanāhaṁ → anattamanavācaṁ nāhaṁ (mr) | anattamano → attamano (mr)  
Anattamano samāno paresaṁ ārocesiṁ.  
so I told others.  
Disvā ca panāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ akusalaṁ āpajjamānaṁ kañcideva desaṁ kāyena anattamano ahosiṁ.  
When I saw them, I was upset,  
Anattamano samāno anattamanavacanāhaṁ imaṁ bhikkhuṁ avacaṁ.  
and I voiced my unhappiness to them.  
Anattamanavacanāyaṁ bhikkhu mayā vutto samāno anattamano ahosi.  
Then they also got upset,  
Anattamano samāno paresaṁ ārocesi.  
so they told others.  
manoduccaritaṁ kataṁ hoti, akataṁ hoti manosucaritaṁ.  
manosucaritaṁ kataṁ hoti, akataṁ hoti manoduccaritaṁ.  
“ekaṁsenāhaṁ, ānanda, akaraṇīyaṁ vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritan”ti.  
“Ānanda, I absolutely say that you should not do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.”  
“Yamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā ekaṁsena akaraṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ tasmiṁ akaraṇīye kayiramāne ko ādīnavo pāṭikaṅkho”ti?  
“But, sir, if someone does these things that should not be done, what drawbacks should they expect?”  
“Yamidaṁ, ānanda, mayā ekaṁsena akaraṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ tasmiṁ akaraṇīye kayiramāne ayaṁ ādīnavo pāṭikaṅkho— 
“They should expect these drawbacks.  
Yamidaṁ, ānanda, mayā ekaṁsena akaraṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ tasmiṁ akaraṇīye kayiramāne ayaṁ ādīnavo pāṭikaṅkho”ti.  
These are the drawbacks they should expect.”  
“Ekaṁsenāhaṁ, ānanda, karaṇīyaṁ vadāmi kāyasucaritaṁ vacīsucaritaṁ manosucaritan”ti.  
“Ānanda, I absolutely say that you should do good things by way of body, speech, and mind.”  
“Yamidaṁ, bhante, bhagavatā ekaṁsena karaṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ vacīsucaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ tasmiṁ karaṇīye kayiramāne ko ānisaṁso pāṭikaṅkho”ti?  
“But, sir, if someone does these things that should be done, what benefits should they expect?”  
“Yamidaṁ, ānanda, mayā ekaṁsena karaṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ vacīsucaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ tasmiṁ karaṇīye kayiramāne ayaṁ ānisaṁso pāṭikaṅkho— 
“They should expect these benefits.  
Yamidaṁ, ānanda, mayā ekaṁsena karaṇīyaṁ akkhātaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ vacīsucaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ tasmiṁ karaṇīye kayiramāne ayaṁ ānisaṁso pāṭikaṅkho”ti.  
These are the benefits they should expect.”  

an2.32-41manoduccaritassa manokammaṁ manosucaritassa3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Akiriyaṁ kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa, anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ akiriyaṁ vadāmi.   “I teach inaction regarding bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of unskillful things.  
Kiriyañca kho ahaṁ, brāhmaṇa, vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa, anekavihitānaṁ kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ kiriyaṁ vadāmi.  
I teach action regarding good bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of skillful things.  
‘Santindriyānañhi vo, sāriputta, santamānasānaṁ santaṁyeva kāyakammaṁ bhavissati santaṁ vacīkammaṁ santaṁ manokammaṁ.  
When your faculties and mind are peaceful, your acts of body, speech, and mind will be peaceful, thinking:  

an3.2manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena.   Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena.  
Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.6manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Akusalena kāyakammena, akusalena vacīkammena, akusalena manokammena.   Unskillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Kusalena kāyakammena, kusalena vacīkammena, kusalena manokammena.  
Skillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.7manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena …pe… anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena …pe….   Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. … An astute person is known by blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …” 

an3.8manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sabyābajjhena kāyakammena, sabyābajjhena vacīkammena, sabyābajjhena manokammena …pe… abyābajjhena kāyakammena, abyābajjhena vacīkammena, abyābajjhena manokammena.   Hurtful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. … An astute person is known by kind deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.9manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena.   Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena.  
Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.14manokammasmiṁ manokammaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘evarūpaṁ vacīkammaṁ sevitabbaṁ, evarūpaṁ vacīkammaṁ na sevitabban’ti …pe… manokammasmiṁ:   ‘This kind of verbal action should be cultivated. This kind of verbal action should not be cultivated.’ … And regarding mental actions:  
‘evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ sevitabbaṁ, evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ na sevitabban’ti.  
‘This kind of mental action should be cultivated. This kind of mental action should not be cultivated.’  
Sa kho so, bhikkhu, tathāgato arahaṁ sammāsambuddho dhammiko dhammarājā dhammaṁyeva nissāya dhammaṁ sakkaronto dhammaṁ garuṁ karonto dhammaṁ apacāyamāno dhammaddhajo dhammaketu dhammādhipateyyo dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā kāyakammasmiṁ, dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā vacīkammasmiṁ, dhammikaṁ rakkhāvaraṇaguttiṁ saṁvidahitvā manokammasmiṁ, dhammeneva anuttaraṁ dhammacakkaṁ pavatteti.  
And when a Realized One, a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha has provided just protection and security regarding actions of body, speech, and mind, he rolls forth the supreme Wheel of Dhamma.  

an3.15manodosaṁ manodoso manodosānaṁ manokasāvan’ti manokasāvo manokasāvānaṁ manovaṅkaṁ manovaṅko manovaṅkānaṁ12Pi En Ru dhamma

Etarahi kho panāhaṁ, bhikkhave, arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kusalo kāyavaṅkānaṁ kāyadosānaṁ kāyakasāvānaṁ, kusalo vacīvaṅkānaṁ vacīdosānaṁ vacīkasāvānaṁ, kusalo manovaṅkānaṁ manodosānaṁ manokasāvānaṁ.   Now that I am a perfected one, a fully awakened Buddha, I am skilled in the crooks, flaws, and defects of actions by body, speech, and mind.  
Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā kāyavaṅko appahīno kāyadoso kāyakasāvo, vacīvaṅko appahīno vacīdoso vacīkasāvo, manovaṅko appahīno manodoso manokasāvo, evaṁ papatitā te, bhikkhave, imasmā dhammavinayā, seyyathāpi taṁ cakkaṁ chahi divasehi niṭṭhitaṁ.  
Whatever monk or nun has not given up the crooks, flaws, and defects of body, speech, and mind has fallen from the teaching and training, just like the wheel that was finished in six days.  
Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā kāyavaṅko pahīno kāyadoso kāyakasāvo, vacīvaṅko pahīno vacīdoso vacīkasāvo, manovaṅko pahīno manodoso manokasāvo, evaṁ patiṭṭhitā te, bhikkhave, imasmiṁ dhammavinaye, seyyathāpi taṁ cakkaṁ chahi māsehi niṭṭhitaṁ chārattūnehi.  
Whatever monk or nun has given up the crooks, flaws, and defects of body, speech, and mind is established in the teaching and training, just like the wheel that was finished in six days less than six months.  
‘kāyavaṅkaṁ pajahissāma kāyadosaṁ kāyakasāvaṁ, vacīvaṅkaṁ pajahissāma vacīdosaṁ vacīkasāvaṁ, manovaṅkaṁ pajahissāma manodosaṁ manokasāvan’ti.  
‘We will give up the crooks, flaws, and defects of body, speech, and mind.’  

an3.17manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ.   Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ.  
Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.18manoduccaritena1Pi En Ru dhamma

pageva kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhehi kāyaduccaritena aṭṭīyitabbaṁ harāyitabbaṁ jigucchitabbaṁ, vacīduccaritena … manoduccaritena aṭṭīyitabbaṁ harāyitabbaṁ jigucchitabban”ti.   How much more then should you be horrified, embarrassed, and disgusted by bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.” 

an3.23manosaṅkhāraṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.   Firstly, a certain person makes hurtful choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,  
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
Furthermore, another person makes pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a pleasing world,  
Idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
Furthermore, another person makes both hurtful and pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,  

an3.50manokammena1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, visamena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, visamena manokammena samannāgato hoti.   It’s when a bad mendicant has unethical conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.57hirīmano1Pi En Ru dhamma

saccavādī hirīmano.   truthful, conscientious,  

an3.58manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā …pe… manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an3.60mano manosaṅkhārā12Pi En Ru dhamma

‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.   ‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’  
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.  
‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’  
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.  
‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’  
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amuṁ nāma vitakkaṁ vitakkessatī’ti.  
‘Judging by the way this person’s intentions are directed, immediately after this mind state, they’ll think this thought.’  
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti, so bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṁ hoti, no aññathā.  
 
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amhaṁ nāma vitakkaṁ vitakkessatī’ti, so bahuñcepi ādisati tatheva taṁ hoti, no aññathā.  
 
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā imassa cittassa anantarā amuṁ nāma vitakkaṁ vitakkessatī’ti.  
‘Judging by the way this person’s intentions are directed, immediately after this mind state they’ll think this thought.’  
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā, imassa cittassa anantarā amuṁ nāma vitakkaṁ vitakkessatī’ti.  
‘Judging by the way this person’s intentions are directed, immediately after this mind state they’ll think this thought.’  

an3.61mano manopavicārāti4Pi En Ru dhamma

Ime aṭṭhārasa manopavicārāti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi.   ‘These are the eighteen mental preoccupations’: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …  
cakkhu phassāyatanaṁ, sotaṁ phassāyatanaṁ, ghānaṁ phassāyatanaṁ, jivhā phassāyatanaṁ, kāyo phassāyatanaṁ, mano phassāyatanaṁ.  
eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind contact.  
Ime aṭṭhārasa manopavicārāti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti.  
‘“These are the eighteen mental preoccupations”: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …’  
Ime aṭṭhārasa manopavicārāti, bhikkhave, mayā dhammo desito aniggahito asaṅkiliṭṭho anupavajjo appaṭikuṭṭho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhīti.  
‘“These are the eighteen mental preoccupations”: this is the Dhamma I’ve taught …’  

an3.99anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

So kupito anattamano tathārūpiṁ vācaṁ nicchāreti yathārūpāya vācāya saṅgho taṁ ukkhipati, saṅkārakūṭeva naṁ potthakaṁ.   That person becomes angry and upset, and blurts out things that make the Saṅgha throw them out, as if they were throwing jute canvas away on the rubbish heap.  

an3.101manoduccaritaṁ manoduccaritena manosucaritena3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, santi adhicittamanuyuttassa bhikkhuno oḷārikā upakkilesā kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ, tamenaṁ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṁ gameti.   In the same way, a mendicant who is committed to the higher mind has coarse corruptions: bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct. A sincere, capable mendicant gives these up, gets rid of, eliminates, and obliterates them.  
So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ: “ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā”ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,  
If they wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

an3.109anavassutamanokammantassa apūtimanokammantassa arakkhitamanokammantassa avassutamanokammantassa manokammampi pūtimanokammantassa rakkhitamanokammantassa24Pi En Ru dhamma

“citte, gahapati, arakkhite kāyakammampi arakkhitaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi arakkhitaṁ hoti, manokammampi arakkhitaṁ hoti.   “Householder, when the mind is unprotected, deeds of body, speech, and mind are unprotected.  
Tassa arakkhitakāyakammantassa arakkhitavacīkammantassa arakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi avassutaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi avassutaṁ hoti, manokammampi avassutaṁ hoti.  
When deeds are unprotected, they become corrupted.  
Tassa avassutakāyakammantassa avassutavacīkammantassa avassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi pūtikaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi pūtikaṁ hoti, manokammampi pūtikaṁ hoti.  
When deeds are corrupted, they become rotten.  
Tassa pūtikāyakammantassa pūtivacīkammantassa pūtimanokammantassa na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are rotten will not have a good death.  
Evamevaṁ kho, gahapati, citte arakkhite kāyakammampi arakkhitaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi arakkhitaṁ hoti, manokammampi arakkhitaṁ hoti.  
In the same way, when the mind is unprotected, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are unprotected. …  
Tassa arakkhitakāyakammantassa arakkhitavacīkammantassa arakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi avassutaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi avassutaṁ hoti, manokammampi avassutaṁ hoti.  
 
Tassa avassutakāyakammantassa avassutavacīkammantassa avassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi pūtikaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi pūtikaṁ hoti, manokammampi pūtikaṁ hoti.  
 
Tassa pūtikāyakammantassa pūtivacīkammantassa pūtimanokammantassa na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are rotten will not have a good death.  
Citte, gahapati, rakkhite kāyakammampi rakkhitaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi rakkhitaṁ hoti, manokammampi rakkhitaṁ hoti.  
When the mind is protected, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are protected.  
Tassa rakkhitakāyakammantassa rakkhitavacīkammantassa rakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi anavassutaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi anavassutaṁ hoti, manokammampi anavassutaṁ hoti.  
When deeds are protected, they don’t become corrupted.  
Tassa anavassutakāyakammantassa anavassutavacīkammantassa anavassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi apūtikaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi apūtikaṁ hoti, manokammampi apūtikaṁ hoti.  
When deeds aren’t corrupted, they don’t become rotten.  
Tassa apūtikāyakammantassa apūtivacīkammantassa apūtimanokammantassa bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind aren’t rotten will have a good death.  
Evamevaṁ kho, gahapati, citte rakkhite kāyakammampi rakkhitaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi rakkhitaṁ hoti, manokammampi rakkhitaṁ hoti.  
In the same way, when the mind is protected, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are protected. …  
Tassa rakkhitakāyakammantassa rakkhitavacīkammantassa rakkhitamanokammantassa kāyakammampi anavassutaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi anavassutaṁ hoti, manokammampi anavassutaṁ hoti.  
 
Tassa anavassutakāyakammantassa anavassutavacīkammantassa anavassutamanokammantassa kāyakammampi apūtikaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi apūtikaṁ hoti, manokammampi apūtikaṁ hoti.  
 
Tassa apūtikāyakammantassa apūtivacīkammantassa apūtimanokammantassa bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā”ti.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind aren’t rotten will have a good death.” 

an3.110abyāpannamanokammantassa byāpannamanokammantassa manokammampi8Pi En Ru dhamma

“citte, gahapati, byāpanne kāyakammampi byāpannaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi byāpannaṁ hoti, manokammampi byāpannaṁ hoti.   “Householder, when the mind is fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are fallen.  
Tassa byāpannakāyakammantassa byāpannavacīkammantassa byāpannamanokammantassa na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are fallen will not have a good death.  
evamevaṁ kho, gahapati, citte byāpanne kāyakammampi byāpannaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi byāpannaṁ hoti, manokammampi byāpannaṁ hoti.  
In the same way, when the mind is fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are fallen.  
Tassa byāpannakāyakammantassa byāpannavacīkammantassa byāpannamanokammantassa na bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, na bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are fallen will not have a good death.  
Citte, gahapati, abyāpanne kāyakammampi abyāpannaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi abyāpannaṁ hoti, manokammampi abyāpannaṁ hoti.  
When the mind is not fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are not fallen.  
Tassa abyāpannakāyakammantassa abyāpannavacīkammantassa abyāpannamanokammantassa bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are not fallen will have a good death.  
evamevaṁ kho, gahapati, citte abyāpanne kāyakammampi abyāpannaṁ hoti, vacīkammampi abyāpannaṁ hoti, manokammampi abyāpannaṁ hoti.  
In the same way, when the mind is not fallen, bodily, verbal, and mental deeds are not fallen.  
Tassa abyāpannakāyakammantassa …pe… abyāpannamanokammantassa bhaddakaṁ maraṇaṁ hoti, bhaddikā kālakiriyā”ti.  
Someone whose deeds of body, speech, and mind are not fallen will have a good death.” 

an3.120manosoceyyaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyasoceyyaṁ, vacīsoceyyaṁ, manosoceyyaṁ.   Purity of body, speech, and mind.  
Katamañca, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṁ?  
And what is purity of mind?  
Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṁ.  
This is called ‘purity of mind’.  

an3.121manosoceyyaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyasoceyyaṁ, vacīsoceyyaṁ, manosoceyyaṁ.   Purity of body, speech, and mind.  
Katamañca, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṁ?  
And what is purity of mind?  
Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, manosoceyyaṁ.  
This is called ‘purity of mind’.  

an3.122manomoneyyaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyamoneyyaṁ, vacīmoneyyaṁ, manomoneyyaṁ.   Sagacity of body, speech, and mind.  
Katamañca, bhikkhave, manomoneyyaṁ?  
And what is sagacity of mind?  
Idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, manomoneyyaṁ.  
This is called ‘sagacity of mind’.  

an3.146manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Akusalena kāyakammena, akusalena vacīkammena, akusalena manokammena—  Unskillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Kusalena kāyakammena, kusalena vacīkammena, kusalena manokammena— 
Skillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.147manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena—  Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena— 
Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an3.148manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

visamena kāyakammena, visamena vacīkammena, visamena manokammena—  Unethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
samena kāyakammena, samena vacīkammena, samena manokammena— 
Ethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”  

an3.149manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

asucinā kāyakammena, asucinā vacīkammena, asucinā manokammena—  Impure deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
sucinā kāyakammena, sucinā vacīkammena, sucinā manokammena— 
Pure deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”  

an3.150manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Akusalena kāyakammena, akusalena vacīkammena, akusalena manokammena—  Unskillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
Kusalena kāyakammena, kusalena vacīkammena, kusalena manokammena …pe….  
Skillful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …” 

an3.151manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena …pe….   Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena …pe….  
Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …” 

an3.152manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

visamena kāyakammena, visamena vacīkammena, visamena manokammena …pe….   Unethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
samena kāyakammena, samena vacīkammena, samena manokammena …pe….  
Ethical deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …” 

an3.153manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

asucinā kāyakammena, asucinā vacīkammena, asucinā manokammena …pe….   Impure deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
sucinā kāyakammena, sucinā vacīkammena, sucinā manokammena— 
Pure deeds by way of body, speech, and mind. …”  

an3.155manokammaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Padakkhiṇaṁ manokammaṁ,   worthy deeds of mind,  

an4.62manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, gahapati, ariyasāvako anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti.   It’s when a noble disciple has blameless conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So ‘anavajjenamhi kāyakammena samannāgato, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato’ti adhigacchati sukhaṁ, adhigacchati somanassaṁ.  
When he reflects on this, he’s filled with pleasure and happiness.  

an4.87manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṁ viharati, tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena;   When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually treat them agreeably by way of body, speech, and mind, and rarely disagreeably.  
Yehi kho pana bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ viharāmi te me manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpaṁyeva bahulaṁ upahāraṁ upaharanti, appaṁ amanāpaṁ.  
When living with other spiritual practitioners, I usually treat them agreeably …  

an4.111manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritassa manosucaritaṁ8Pi En Ru dhamma

iti kāyasucaritaṁ iti kāyasucaritassa vipāko, iti vacīsucaritaṁ iti vacīsucaritassa vipāko, iti manosucaritaṁ iti manosucaritassa vipāko, iti devā, iti manussāti.   ‘This is good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is the result of good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is life as a god. This is life as a human.’  
iti kāyaduccaritaṁ iti kāyaduccaritassa vipāko, iti vacīduccaritaṁ iti vacīduccaritassa vipāko, iti manoduccaritaṁ iti manoduccaritassa vipāko, iti nirayo, iti tiracchānayoni, iti pettivisayoti.  
‘This is bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is the result of bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind. This is life in hell. This is life as an animal. This is life as a ghost.’  
iti kāyasucaritaṁ iti kāyasucaritassa vipāko, iti kāyaduccaritaṁ iti kāyaduccaritassa vipāko, iti vacīsucaritaṁ iti vacīsucaritassa vipāko, iti vacīduccaritaṁ iti vacīduccaritassa vipāko, iti manosucaritaṁ iti manosucaritassa vipāko, iti manoduccaritaṁ iti manoduccaritassa vipāko, iti devā, iti manussā, iti nirayo, iti tiracchānayoni, iti pettivisayo”ti.  
‘This is good conduct … this is bad conduct …’”  

an4.116manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Manoduccaritaṁ, bhikkhave, pajahatha, manosucaritaṁ bhāvetha;    
Yato kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno kāyaduccaritaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti kāyasucaritaṁ bhāvitaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti vacīsucaritaṁ bhāvitaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ pahīnaṁ hoti manosucaritaṁ bhāvitaṁ, micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā hoti sammādiṭṭhi bhāvitā, so na bhāyati samparāyikassa maraṇassā”ti.  
A mendicant who has done these things does not fear death in lives to come.” 

an4.121manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

So attānuvādabhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.   Being afraid of guilt, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.  
So parānuvādabhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  
Being afraid of shame, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.  
‘kāyaduccaritassa kho pāpako vipāko abhisamparāyaṁ, vacīduccaritassa pāpako vipāko abhisamparāyaṁ, manoduccaritassa pāpako vipāko abhisamparāyaṁ.  
‘Bad conduct of body, speech, or mind has a bad result in the next life.  
So duggatibhayassa bhīto kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, suddhaṁ attānaṁ pariharati.  
Being afraid of rebirth in a bad place, they give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, keeping themselves pure.  

an4.122anattamano2Pi En Ru dhamma

So kupito anattamano sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.   Angry and upset, they resign the training and return to a lesser life.  
So kupito anattamano sikkhaṁ paccakkhāya hīnāyāvattati.  
Angry and upset, they resign the training and return to a lesser life.  

an4.135manokammena4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sāvajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, sāvajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, sāvajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti.   It’s when a person does things by way of body, speech, and mind that are blameworthy.  
sāvajjena bahulaṁ manokammena samannāgato hoti, appaṁ anavajjena.  
 
anavajjena bahulaṁ manokammena samannāgato hoti, appaṁ sāvajjena.  
 
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti.  
It’s when a person does things by way of body, speech, and mind that are blameless.  

an4.171mano manosañcetanāhetu manosaṅkhāraṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Mane vā, bhikkhave, sati manosañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ avijjāpaccayāva.   As long as there’s a mind, the intention that gives rise to mental action causes pleasure and pain to arise in oneself. But these only apply when conditioned by ignorance.  
Sāmaṁ vā taṁ, bhikkhave, manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ;  
 
pare vāssa taṁ, bhikkhave, manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharonti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ;  
 
sampajāno vā taṁ, bhikkhave, manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ;  
 
asampajāno vā taṁ, bhikkhave, manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ.  
 
avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā so kāyo na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ, sā vācā na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ, so mano na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ,  
But when ignorance fades away and ceases with nothing left over, there is no body and no voice and no mind, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself.  

an4.188anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kupito anattamano upakaṁ maṇḍikāputtaṁ etadavoca:   But Ajātasattu became angry and upset, and said to Upaka,  

an4.195dummano manosamārambhapaccayā manosamārambhā sumano10Pi En Ru dhamma

ye manosamārambhapaccayā uppajjanti āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, manosamārambhā paṭiviratassa evaṁsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti.   There are distressing and feverish defilements that arise because of instigating mental activity. These don’t occur in someone who avoids such mental activity.  
So cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Seeing a sight with the eye, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Knowing an idea with the mind, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
So cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Seeing a sight with the eye, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano; upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Knowing an idea with the mind, they’re neither happy nor sad, but remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  

an4.196aparisuddhamanosamācārā parisuddhamanosamācārā4Pi En Ru dhamma

Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparisuddhakāyasamācārā aparisuddhavacīsamācārā aparisuddhamanosamācārā aparisuddhājīvā, abhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya.   And those ascetics and brahmins whose livelihood and behavior by way of body, speech, and mind, is not pure are also incapable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.  
Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā aparisuddhakāyasamācārā aparisuddhavacīsamācārā aparisuddhamanosamācārā aparisuddhājīvā, abhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya.  
And those ascetics and brahmins whose livelihood and behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is not pure are also incapable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.  
Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā parisuddhakāyasamācārā parisuddhavacīsamācārā parisuddhamanosamācārā parisuddhājīvā, bhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya.  
And those ascetics and brahmins whose behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is pure are also capable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.  
Yepi te, sāḷha, samaṇabrāhmaṇā parisuddhakāyasamācārā parisuddhavacīsamācārā parisuddhamanosamācārā parisuddhājīvā, bhabbā te ñāṇadassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya.  
And those ascetics and brahmins whose behavior by way of body, speech, and mind is pure are also capable of knowing and seeing, of supreme awakening.  

an4.212manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, micchādiṭṭhiyā—  Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and wrong view.  
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena, sammādiṭṭhiyā— 
Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and right view.  

an4.213manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, akataññutā akataveditā—  Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being ungrateful and thankless.  
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena, kataññutā kataveditā— 
Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being grateful and thankful.  

an4.222manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, micchādiṭṭhiyā—  Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and wrong view.  
Kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena, sammādiṭṭhiyā— 
Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and right view.  

an4.223manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritena, vacīduccaritena, manoduccaritena, akataññutā akataveditā—  Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being ungrateful and thankless.  
imehi …pe… kāyasucaritena, vacīsucaritena, manosucaritena kataññutākataveditā …pe….  
An astute person … creates much merit. … Good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and being grateful and thankful. …” 

an4.233manosaṅkhāraṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.   It’s when someone makes hurtful choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,  
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
It’s when someone makes pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a pleasing world,  
Idha, bhikkhave, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,  

an4.234manosaṅkhāraṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.   It’s when someone makes hurtful choices by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
 
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
It’s when someone makes pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
 
Idha, brāhmaṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind. …  
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
 

an4.239manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena, sāvajjāya diṭṭhiyā—  Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameworthy view.  
Anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena, anavajjāya diṭṭhiyā— 
Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameless view.  

an4.240manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sabyābajjhena kāyakammena, sabyābajjhena vacīkammena, sabyābajjhena manokammena, sabyābajjhāya diṭṭhiyā—  Hurtful deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and hurtful view.  
Abyābajjhena kāyakammena, abyābajjhena vacīkammena, abyābajjhena manokammena, abyābajjhāya diṭṭhiyā— 
Pleasing deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and pleasing view.  

an4.246anattamano attamano2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sace, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā kiñci passati kāyassa vikkhittaṁ vā visaṭaṁ vā, tena, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā anattamano hoti.   If he sees that any part of his body is disordered or displaced, he is displeased.  
Sace pana, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā na kiñci passati kāyassa vikkhittaṁ vā visaṭaṁ vā, tena, bhikkhave, sīho migarājā attamano hoti.  
But if he sees that no part of his body is disordered or displaced, he is pleased.  

an4.263manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Sāvajjena kāyakammena, sāvajjena vacīkammena, sāvajjena manokammena, sāvajjāya diṭṭhiyā—  Blameworthy deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameworthy view.  
Anavajjena kāyakammena, anavajjena vacīkammena, anavajjena manokammena, anavajjāya diṭṭhiyā— 
Blameless deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, and blameless view.  

an5.2manoduccaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.   It’s when a noble disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about having any bad, unskillful qualities.  
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.  
It’s when a noble disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to acquiring any bad, unskillful qualities.  

an5.23manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

So sace ākaṅkhati: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ—ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannāti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,   If you wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

an5.31manokammena1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṁ viharati tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti appaṁ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti appaṁ amanāpena, manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti appaṁ amanāpena, manāpaṁyeva bahulaṁ upahāraṁ upaharanti appaṁ amanāpaṁ.   When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually treat them agreeably by way of body, speech, and mind, rarely disagreeably.  

an5.38manorame1Pi En Ru dhamma

Manorame āyatane,   It’s a lovely place,  

an5.44manomayaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Kālaṅkato ca uggo gahapati vesāliko aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapajji.   and was reborn in a host of mind-made gods.  

an5.49dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, rājā pasenadi kosalo dukkhī dummano pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.   When this was said, King Pasenadi was miserable and sad. He sat with his shoulders drooping, downcast, depressed, with nothing to say.  

an5.55manoramā1Pi En Ru dhamma

phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā.   and touches so delightful.  

an5.57manoduccaritaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atthi, bhikkhave, sattānaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ.   There are sentient beings who do bad things by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an5.100manomayaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena kakudho nāma koliyaputto āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno.   At that time the Koliyan named Kakudha—Venerable Mahāmoggallāna’s supporter—had recently passed away and been reborn in a certain host of mind-made gods.  
“Kakudho nāma, bhante, koliyaputto mamaṁ upaṭṭhāko adhunākālaṅkato aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno hoti.  
 

an5.103manokammena1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, visamena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, visamena manokammena samannāgato hoti.   It’s when a bad mendicant has unethical conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an5.104manokammena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yehi kho pana sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṁ viharati, tyassa manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena;   When living with other spiritual practitioners, they usually treat them agreeably by way of body, speech, and mind, and rarely disagreeably.  
Yehi kho pana bhikkhūhi saddhiṁ viharāmi, te maṁ manāpeneva bahulaṁ kāyakammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ vacīkammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena; manāpeneva bahulaṁ manokammena samudācaranti, appaṁ amanāpena;  
When living with other spiritual practitioners, I usually treat them agreeably.  

an5.105manokammaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ … mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.   It’s when a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with kindness by way of body, speech, and mind, both in public and in private.  

an5.133manokammaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ sevitabbaṁ, evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ na sevitabbaṁ;   This kind of mental action should be cultivated. This kind of mental action should not be cultivated.  
evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ sevitabbaṁ, evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ na sevitabbaṁ;  
This kind of mental action should be cultivated. This kind of mental action should not be cultivated.  

an5.162manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘aho vata ayamāyasmā kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveyya, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveyya, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveyya.   ‘Oh, may this person give up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develop good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  

an5.166manomayaṁ10Pi En Ru dhamma

No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi—  If they don’t reach enlightenment in this very life, then, surpassing the company of gods that consume solid food, they’re reborn in a certain host of mind-made gods. There they might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling.  
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
 
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
If they don’t reach enlightenment in this very life, they’re reborn in the company of a certain host of mind-made gods, who surpass the gods that consume solid food. There they might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling.  
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
 
“aṭṭhānaṁ kho etaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, anavakāso yaṁ so bhikkhu atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
“This is not possible, Reverend Sāriputta, it cannot happen!”  
“kaṁ pana tvaṁ, udāyi, manomayaṁ kāyaṁ paccesī”ti?  
“But Udāyī, do you believe in a mind-made body?”  
No ce diṭṭheva dhamme aññaṁ ārādheyya, atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapanno saññāvedayitanirodhaṁ samāpajjeyyāpi vuṭṭhaheyyāpi— 
If they don’t reach enlightenment in this very life, they’re reborn in the company of a certain host of mind-made gods, who surpass the gods that consume solid food. There they might enter into and emerge from the cessation of perception and feeling.  

an5.179hirīmano1Pi En Ru dhamma

saccavādī hirīmano.   truthful, conscientious,  

an5.205anattamano2Pi En Ru dhamma

sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto.   A mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.  
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  

an5.244manoduccarite manosucarite manosucarite’ti paṭhamamanoduccaritasutta4Pi En Ru dhamma

Paṭhamamanoduccaritasutta   Bad Mental Conduct (1st)  
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā manoduccarite …pe… ānisaṁsā manosucarite.  
“Mendicants, there are these five drawbacks in bad mental conduct … benefits in good mental conduct …”  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca ānisaṁsā manosucarite”ti.  
" 

an5.248dutiyamanoduccaritasutta manoduccarite manosucarite manosucarite’ti4Pi En Ru dhamma

Dutiyamanoduccaritasutta   Bad Mental Conduct (2nd)  
“Pañcime, bhikkhave, ādīnavā manoduccarite …pe… ānisaṁsā manosucarite.  
“Mendicants, there are these five drawbacks in bad mental conduct … benefits in good mental conduct …”  
Ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca ānisaṁsā manosucarite”ti.  
" 

an5.249manokammena5Pi En Ru dhamma

asucinā manokammena samannāgato hoti.    
Tassa asucinā kāyakammena samannāgatassa, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgatassa, asucinā manokammena samannāgatassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati.  
Because of their filthy conduct, they get a bad reputation.  
Tamenaṁ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṁ pesalā sabrahmacārī ārakā parivajjanti.  
Because of their filthy conduct, good-hearted spiritual companions avoid them from afar.  
So asucinā kāyakammena samannāgato, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgato, asucinā manokammena samannāgato sabhāgehi puggalehi saddhiṁ saṁvasati.  
Because of their filthy conduct, they live together with people of a similar character.  
Tamenaṁ asucinā kāyakammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā vacīkammena samannāgataṁ, asucinā manokammena samannāgataṁ pesalā sabrahmacārī disvā khīyadhammaṁ āpajjanti:  
Because of their filthy conduct, when good-hearted spiritual companions see them they complain:  

an5.250manoduccaritaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ;    

an6.1dummano sumano4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.   It’s a mendicant who, when they see a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
When they know an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  

an6.2manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an6.11manokammaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo.   Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness …  

an6.12manokammaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, ayampi dhammo sāraṇīyo piyakaraṇo garukaraṇo saṅgahāya avivādāya sāmaggiyā ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.   Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness …  

an6.27manobhāvanīyassa manobhāvanīyo21Pi En Ru dhamma

“kati nu kho, bhante, samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti?   “Sir, how many occasions are there for going to see an esteemed mendicant?”  
“Chayime, bhikkhu, samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“Mendicant, there are six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Firstly, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say:  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu kāmarāgassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to give up sensual desire.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, paṭhamo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
This is the first occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu byāpādapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati byāpādaparetena, uppannassa ca byāpādassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in ill will …  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu byāpādassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
 
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, dutiyo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
This is the second occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu thinamiddhapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati thinamiddhaparetena, uppannassa ca thinamiddhassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in dullness and drowsiness …  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu thinamiddhassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
 
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, tatiyo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
This is the third occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu uddhaccakukkuccapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati uddhaccakukkuccaparetena, uppannassa ca uddhaccakukkuccassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in restlessness and remorse …  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
 
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, catuttho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
This is the fourth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu vicikicchāpariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati vicikicchāparetena, uppannāya ca vicikicchāya nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in doubt …  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu vicikicchāya pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
 
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, pañcamo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
This is the fifth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti taṁ nimittaṁ nappajānāti tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant doesn’t understand what kind of meditation they need to focus on in order to end the defilements in the present life. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say:  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to end the defilements.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, chaṭṭho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
This is the sixth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Ime kho, bhikkhu, cha samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
These are the six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant.” 

an6.28manobhāvanīyassa manobhāvanīyo24Pi En Ru dhamma

“ko nu kho, āvuso, samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti?   “Reverends, how many occasions are there for going to see an esteemed mendicant?”  
“yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
“Reverends, there’s a time after an esteemed mendicant’s meal when they return from almsround. Having washed their feet they sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”  
“na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu pacchābhattaṁ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto pāde pakkhāletvā nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, cārittakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti, bhattakilamathopissa tasmiṁ samaye appaṭippassaddho hoti.  
For at that time the fatigue from walking and from eating has not faded away.  
Tasmā so asamayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
There’s a time late in the afternoon when an esteemed mendicant comes out of retreat. They sit cross-legged in the shade of their porch , set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”  
“na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu sāyanhasamayaṁ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito vihārapacchāyāyaṁ nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, yadevassa divā samādhinimittaṁ manasikataṁ hoti tadevassa tasmiṁ samaye samudācarati.  
For at that time they are still practicing the same meditation subject as a foundation of immersion that they focused on during the day.  
Tasmā so asamayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
 
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
There’s a time when an esteemed mendicant has risen at the crack of dawn. They sit down cross-legged, set their body straight, and establish mindfulness in front of them. That is the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.”  
“na kho, āvuso, so samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
“Reverend, that’s not the proper occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Yasmiṁ, āvuso, samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu rattiyā paccūsasamayaṁ paccuṭṭhāya nisinno hoti pallaṅkaṁ ābhujitvā ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya parimukhaṁ satiṁ upaṭṭhapetvā, ojaṭṭhāyissa tasmiṁ samaye kāyo hoti phāsussa hoti buddhānaṁ sāsanaṁ manasi kātuṁ.  
For at that time their body is full of vitality and they find it easy to focus on the instructions of the Buddhas.”  
Tasmā so asamayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun”ti.  
 
‘chayime, bhikkhu, samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
‘Mendicants, there are six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Idha, bhikkhu, yasmiṁ samaye bhikkhu kāmarāgapariyuṭṭhitena cetasā viharati kāmarāgaparetena, uppannassa ca kāmarāgassa nissaraṇaṁ yathābhūtaṁ nappajānāti, tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Firstly, there’s a time when a mendicant’s heart is overcome and mired in sensual desire, and they don’t truly understand the escape from sensual desire that has arisen. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say:  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu kāmarāgassa pahānāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to give up sensual desire.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, paṭhamo samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ.  
This is the first occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.  
Yaṁ nimittaṁ āgamma yaṁ nimittaṁ manasikaroto anantarā āsavānaṁ khayo hoti, taṁ nimittaṁ na jānāti na passati, tasmiṁ samaye manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu upasaṅkamitvā evamassa vacanīyo:  
Furthermore, there’s a time when a mendicant doesn’t understand what kind of meditation they need to focus on in order to end the defilements in the present life. On that occasion they should go to an esteemed mendicant and say,  
Tassa manobhāvanīyo bhikkhu āsavānaṁ khayāya dhammaṁ deseti.  
Then that esteemed mendicant teaches them how to end the defilements.  
Ayaṁ, bhikkhu, chaṭṭho samayo manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamituṁ’.  
This is the sixth occasion for going to see an esteemed mendicant.’  
‘ime kho, bhikkhu, cha samayā manobhāvanīyassa bhikkhuno dassanāya upasaṅkamitun’”ti.  
‘These are the six occasions for going to see an esteemed mendicant.’” 

an6.37attamano sumano4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, dāyako pubbeva dānā sumano hoti, dadaṁ cittaṁ pasādeti, datvā attamano hoti.   It’s when a donor is in a good mood before giving, while giving they feel confident, and after giving they’re uplifted.  
“Pubbeva dānā sumano,  
A good mood before giving,  
Datvā attamano hoti,  
feeling uplifted after giving:  

an6.42attamano6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.   So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.  
So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  

an6.43manoramaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

sucigandhaṁ manoramaṁ.   but water does not stick to it.  

an6.45hirīmano manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Mā maṁ jaññū’ti icchati, ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti saṅkappati, ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti vācaṁ bhāsati, ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti kāyena parakkamati. So tassa vacīduccaritassa paṭicchādanahetu …pe… so tassa manoduccaritassa paṭicchādanahetu …pe… ‘mā maṁ jaññū’ti kāyena parakkamati.   They wish, plan, speak, and act with the thought: ‘May no-one find me out!’  
Manoduccaritaṁ katvā,  
speech, and mind,  
Hirīmano ca ottappī,  
with conscience and prudence,  

an6.48manosandosaṁ manosandoso’ti8Pi En Ru dhamma

santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsī”ti?   When there’s corruption that leads to mental deeds in you, do you understand ‘I have corruption that leads to mental deeds in me’? And when there’s no corruption that leads to mental deeds in you, do you understand ‘I have no corruption that leads to mental deeds in me’?”  
“Yaṁ kho tvaṁ, brāhmaṇa, santaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘atthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsi, asantaṁ vā ajjhattaṁ manosandosaṁ ‘natthi me ajjhattaṁ manosandoso’ti pajānāsi— 
“Since you know this,  

an6.49sumano5Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca khemo āyasmā ca sumano sāvatthiyaṁ viharanti andhavanasmiṁ.   Now at that time Venerable Khema and Venerable Sumana were staying near Sāvatthī in the Dark Forest.  
Atha kho āyasmā ca khemo āyasmā ca sumano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṁsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdiṁsu. Ekamantaṁ nisinno kho āyasmā khemo bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
Then they went up to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. Venerable Khema said to the Buddha:  
Atha kho āyasmā sumano acirapakkante āyasmante kheme bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
And then, not long after Khema had left, Sumana said to the Buddha:  
Idamavocāyasmā sumano.  
That is what Sumana said,  
Atha kho āyasmā sumano “samanuñño me satthā”ti uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā pakkāmi.  
Then Sumana, knowing that the teacher approved, got up from his seat, bowed, and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before leaving.  

an6.54manoramo1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhūtapubbaṁ, brāhmaṇa dhammika, rañño korabyassa suppatiṭṭho nāma nigrodharājā ahosi pañcasākho sītacchāyo manoramo.   Once upon a time, King Koravya had a royal banyan tree with five trunks called ‘Well Planted’. It was shady and lovely.  

an6.55manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti.   and ideas come into the range of the mind they don’t overcome the mind.  
manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti.  
 

an6.102mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Sabbasaṅkhārā ca me anavatthitā khāyissanti, sabbaloke ca me mano nābhiramissati, sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati, nibbānapoṇañca me mānasaṁ bhavissati, saṁyojanā ca me pahānaṁ gacchissanti, paramena ca sāmaññena samannāgato bhavissāmī’ti.   ‘All conditions will appear to me as transient.’ ‘My mind will not delight anywhere in the world.’ ‘My mind will rise above the whole world.’ ‘My mind will incline to extinguishment.’ ‘My fetters will be given up.’ ‘I will achieve the ultimate goal of the ascetic life.’  

an6.103mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Sabbalokā ca me mano vuṭṭhahissati, nibbāne ca santadassāvī bhavissāmi, anusayā ca me samugghātaṁ gacchissanti, kiccakārī ca bhavissāmi, satthā ca me pariciṇṇo bhavissati mettāvatāyā’ti.   ‘My mind will rise above the whole world.’ ‘I will see extinguishment as peaceful.’ ‘My underlying tendencies will be uprooted.’ ‘I will fulfill my duty.’ ‘I will have served my Teacher with love.’  

an6.108manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ.   Bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Kāyaduccaritassa pahānāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāvetabbaṁ, vacīduccaritassa pahānāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāvetabbaṁ, manoduccaritassa pahānāya manosucaritaṁ bhāvetabbaṁ.  
You should develop good bodily conduct to give up bad bodily conduct, good verbal conduct to give up bad verbal conduct, and good mental conduct to give up bad mental conduct.  

an7.4manoduccaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.   It’s when a noble disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about acquiring any bad, unskillful qualities.  
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.  
It’s when a noble disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to the acquiring of any bad, unskillful qualities.  

an7.6manoduccaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.   It’s when a noble disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about having any bad, unskillful qualities.  
Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.  
It’s when a noble disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to the acquiring of any bad, unskillful qualities.  

an7.47manosatthaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāyasatthaṁ, vacīsatthaṁ, manosatthaṁ.   The knives of the body, speech, and mind.  
Aggiṁ, brāhmaṇa, ādento yūpaṁ ussāpento pubbeva yaññā idaṁ paṭhamaṁ manosatthaṁ ussāpeti akusalaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākaṁ.  
Even before kindling the sacrificial fire and raising the sacrificial post one raises this first unskillful mental knife which ripens and results in suffering.  

an7.58manoduccaritaṁ parisuddhamanosamācāro2Pi En Ru dhamma

Parisuddhamanosamācāro, bhikkhave, tathāgato;   His mental behavior is pure.  
natthi tathāgatassa manoduccaritaṁ yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya:  
So the Realized One has no mental misconduct to hide, thinking:  

an7.67manoduccaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.   in the same way a noble disciple has a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about having any bad, unskillful qualities.  
Evamevaṁ, kho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.  
in the same way a noble disciple is prudent. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to acquiring any bad, unskillful qualities.  

an7.96-614manosamphassajāya manosamphasse manoviññāṇe3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇe …pe….   mind consciousness …  
manosamphasse …pe….  
mind contact …  
manosamphassajāya vedanāya …pe….  
feeling born of mind contact …  

an8.11manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ manoduccaritena manosucaritena5Pi En Ru dhamma

Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, akiriyaṁ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa; anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ akiriyaṁ vadāmi.   For I teach inaction regarding bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct, and the many kinds of unskillful things.  
Ahañhi, brāhmaṇa, jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena; jigucchāmi anekavihitānaṁ pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.  
For I’m disgusted by bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and by attainment of the many kinds of unskillful things.  
Tapanīyāhaṁ, brāhmaṇa, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ.  
For I say that bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind should be mortified.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā, vacīduccaritena samannāgatā, manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ upavādakā, micchādiṭṭhikā, micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannāti. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā, vacīsucaritena samannāgatā, manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ anupavādakā, sammādiṭṭhikā, sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an8.12attamano manoduccaritassa manoduccaritaṁ manoduccaritena manosucaritassa6Pi En Ru dhamma

Ahañhi, sīha, akiriyaṁ vadāmi kāyaduccaritassa vacīduccaritassa manoduccaritassa;   I teach inaction regarding bad bodily, verbal, and mental conduct,  
Ahañhi, sīha, kiriyaṁ vadāmi kāyasucaritassa vacīsucaritassa manosucaritassa;  
I teach action regarding good bodily, verbal, and mental conduct,  
Ahañhi, sīha, jigucchāmi kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena;  
I’m disgusted by bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind,  
Tapanīyāhaṁ, sīha, pāpake akusale dhamme vadāmi kāyaduccaritaṁ vacīduccaritaṁ manoduccaritaṁ.  
I say that bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind should be mortified.  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘anuviccakāraṁ kho, sīha, karohi. Anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṁ ñātamanussānaṁ sādhu hotī’ti.  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to act after careful consideration.  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho, yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha:  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to  

an8.13manoduccaritena1Pi En Ru dhamma

Jegucchī hoti kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena;   They're disgusted with bad conduct by way of body, speech, or mind,  

an8.30manomayena1Pi En Ru dhamma

Manomayena kāyena,   came to me in a mind-made body,  

an8.37attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Suciṁ deti, paṇītaṁ deti, kālena deti, kappiyaṁ deti, viceyya deti, abhiṇhaṁ deti, dadaṁ cittaṁ pasādeti, datvā attamano hoti.   Their gift is pure, good quality, timely, appropriate, intelligent, and regular. While giving their heart is confident, and afterwards they’re uplifted.  

an8.86attamano6Pi En Ru dhamma

Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.   So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno na attamano homi gāmantavihārena.  
So I’m not pleased that that mendicant is living within a village.  
Tenāhaṁ, nāgita, tassa bhikkhuno attamano homi araññavihārena.  
So I’m pleased that that mendicant is living in the wilderness.  

an9.5manokammena sāvajjakāyakammantavacīkammantamanokammanto3Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako anavajjena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, anavajjena manokammena samannāgato hoti.   It’s when a noble disciple has blameless conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
Sāvajjakāyakammantavacīkammantamanokammanto ājīvikabhayassa bhāyeyya.  
A person who does blameworthy things by way of body, speech, and mind might fear for their livelihood.  
Sāvajjakāyakammantavacīkammantamanokammanto duggatibhayassa bhāyeyya.  
A person who does blameworthy things by way of body, speech, and mind might be afraid of a bad rebirth.  

an9.26manoviññeyyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti;   and ideas come into the range of the mind they don’t occupy the mind.  

an9.40attamano5Pi En Ru dhamma

‘ahaṁ kho pubbe ākiṇṇo vihāsiṁ hatthīhi hatthinīhi hatthikalabhehi hatthicchāpehi, chinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādiṁ, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ khādiṁsu, āvilāni ca pānīyāni apāyiṁ, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo agamaṁsu. Sohaṁ etarahi eko gaṇasmā vūpakaṭṭho viharāmi, acchinnaggāni ceva tiṇāni khādāmi, obhaggobhaggañca me sākhābhaṅgaṁ na khādanti, anāvilāni ca pānīyāni pivāmi, ogāhā ca me uttiṇṇassa na hatthiniyo kāyaṁ upanighaṁsantiyo gacchantī’ti. So soṇḍāya sākhābhaṅgaṁ bhañjitvā sākhābhaṅgena kāyaṁ parimajjitvā attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati.   ‘Formerly I lived crowded by other males, females, younglings, and cubs. I ate the grass they’d trampled, and they ate the broken branches I’d dragged down. I drank muddy water, and after my bath the female elephants bumped into me. Now I live alone, and I’m free of all these things.’ He breaks off a branch and scratches his body, happily relieving his itches.  
So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati.  
They happily relieve their itches.  
So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati.  
They happily relieve their itches.  
So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharati.  
They happily relieve their itches.  
So attamano soṇḍaṁ saṁharatī”ti.  
They happily relieve their itches.” 

an9.71anattamano2Pi En Ru dhamma

sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto.   A mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.  
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  

an10.14anattamano attamano4Pi En Ru dhamma

sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto.   A mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.  
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  
sabrahmacārīsu na kupito hoti attamano na āhatacitto na khilajāto.  
A mendicant is not angry and upset with their spiritual companions, not resentful or closed off.  
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu na kupito hoti attamano na āhatacitto na khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
This being so, their mind inclines toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  

an10.20dummano sumano4Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.   It’s when a mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  

an10.21manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Realized One sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an10.28manobhāvanīyānaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Na kho panetaṁ, āvuso, bhagavato sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ, napi manobhāvanīyānaṁ bhikkhūnaṁ sammukhā sutaṁ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṁ;   “Good people, I haven’t heard and learned this in the presence of the Buddha or from esteemed mendicants.  

an10.29manomayā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Te tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhecarā subhaṭṭhāyino ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhanti.   There they are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  

an10.30manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhante, bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati …pe… yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Buddha sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an10.51tenevattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

No ce tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo:   But if they don’t see any dirt or blemish there, they’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for:  

an10.52tenevattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

No ce tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo:   But if they don’t see any dirt or blemish there, they’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for:  

an10.53tenevattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

No ce tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo:   But if they don’t see any dirt or blemish there, they’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for:  

an10.54tenevattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

No ce tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo:   But if they don’t see any dirt or blemish there, they’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for:  

an10.55tenevattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

No ce tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, tenevattamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo:   But if they don’t see any dirt or blemish there, they’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for:  

an10.60mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘cakkhu anattā, rūpā anattā, sotaṁ anattā, saddā anattā, ghānaṁ anattā, gandhā anattā, jivhā anattā, rasā anattā, kāyā anattā, phoṭṭhabbā anattā, mano anattā, dhammā anattā’ti.   ‘The eye and sights, ear and sounds, nose and smells, tongue and tastes, body and touches, and mind and ideas are not-self.’  

an10.93manobhāvanīyā manobhāvanīyānampi2Pi En Ru dhamma

Manobhāvanīyānampi bhikkhūnaṁ akālo dassanāya.   And it’s the wrong time to see the esteemed mendicants,  
Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū.  
as they’re in retreat.  

an10.94manobhāvanīyānampi manobhāvanīyāpi2Pi En Ru dhamma

Manobhāvanīyānampi bhikkhūnaṁ akālo dassanāya.   And it’s the wrong time to see the esteemed mendicants,  
Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyāpi bhikkhū.  
as they’re in retreat.  

an10.97manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata kho bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an10.99mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ekatte haranti maññe mano vanāni samādhiṁ alabhamānassa bhikkhuno.   Staying alone, the forests seem to rob the mind of a mendicant who isn’t immersed in samādhi.  

an10.104manokammaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

yañca kāyakammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yañca vacīkammaṁ yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā, sabbe te dhammā aniṭṭhāya akantāya amanāpāya ahitāya dukkhāya saṁvattanti.   Whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable, harmful, and suffering.  
yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā, sabbe te dhammā aniṭṭhāya akantāya amanāpāya ahitāya dukkhāya saṁvattanti.  
Whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is unlikable, undesirable, disagreeable, harmful, and suffering.  
Sammādiṭṭhikassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa sammāsaṅkappassa sammāvācassa sammākammantassa sammāājīvassa sammāvāyāmassa sammāsatissa sammāsamādhissa sammāñāṇissa sammāvimuttissa yañceva kāyakammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yañca vacīkammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā, sabbe te dhammā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattanti.  
Consider a person who has right view, thought, speech, action, livelihood, effort, mindfulness, immersion, knowledge, and freedom. Whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, beneficial, and pleasant.  
yañca manokammaṁ yathādiṭṭhi samattaṁ samādinnaṁ yā ca cetanā yā ca patthanā yo ca paṇidhi ye ca saṅkhārā, sabbe te dhammā iṭṭhāya kantāya manāpāya hitāya sukhāya saṁvattanti.  
Whatever bodily, verbal, or mental deeds they undertake in line with that view, their intentions, aims, wishes, and choices all lead to what is likable, desirable, agreeable, beneficial, and pleasant.  

an10.175aparikkamano aparikkamano’ti saparikkamano6Pi En Ru dhamma

“Saparikkamano ayaṁ, bhikkhave, dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo aparikkamano.   “Mendicants, this teaching provides a bypass, it doesn’t lack a bypass.  
Kathañca, bhikkhave, saparikkamano ayaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo aparikkamano?  
And how does this teaching provide a bypass, not lacking a bypass?  
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, saparikkamano ayaṁ dhammo, nāyaṁ dhammo aparikkamano”ti.  
That’s how this teaching provides a bypass, it doesn’t lack a bypass.” 

an10.216manokammaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa jimhaṁ kāyakammaṁ hoti, jimhaṁ vacīkammaṁ, jimhaṁ manokammaṁ, jimhā gati, jimhupapatti.   Doing crooked deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, their destiny and rebirth are crooked.  
Tassa jimhaṁ kāyakammaṁ hoti, jimhaṁ vacīkammaṁ, jimhaṁ manokammaṁ, jimhā gati, jimhupapatti.  
Doing crooked deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, their destiny and rebirth are crooked.  
Tassa uju kāyakammaṁ hoti, uju vacīkammaṁ, uju manokammaṁ, uju gati, ujupapatti.  
Doing virtuous deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, their destiny and rebirth is virtuous.  
Tassa uju kāyakammaṁ hoti, uju vacīkammaṁ, uju manokammaṁ, uju gati, ujupapatti.  
Doing virtuous deeds by way of body, speech, and mind, their destiny and rebirth is virtuous.  

an10.217manokammantasampatti manokammantasandosabyāpatti tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu tividhamanokammantasandosabyāpatti tividhamanokammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu10Pi En Ru dhamma

tividhā manokammantasandosabyāpatti akusalasañcetanikā dukkhudrayā dukkhavipākā hoti.   There are three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action that have unskillful intention, with suffering as their outcome and result.  
Kathañca, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasandosabyāpatti akusalasañcetanikā dukkhudrayā dukkhavipākā hoti?  
And what are the three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action?  
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasandosabyāpatti akusalasañcetanikā dukkhudrayā dukkhavipākā hoti.  
These are the three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action.  
Tividhakāyakammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti; tividhamanokammantasandosabyāpatti akusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti.  
When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell because of these three kinds of corruption and failure of bodily action, these four kinds of corruption and failure of verbal action, or these three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action that have unskillful intention, with suffering as their outcome and result.  
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tividhakāyakammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti; tividhamanokammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjantīti.  
In the same way, when their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell because of these three kinds of corruption and failure of bodily action, these four kinds of corruption and failure of verbal action, or these three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action that have unskillful intention, with suffering as their outcome and result.  
tividhā manokammantasampatti kusalasañcetanikā sukhudrayā sukhavipākā hoti.  
There are three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result.  
Kathañca, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasampatti kusalasañcetanikā sukhudrayā sukhavipākā hoti?  
And what are the three kinds of successful mental action?  
Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasampatti kusalasañcetanikā sukhudrayā sukhavipākā hoti.  
These are the three kinds of successful mental action.  
Tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result.  
evamevaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti.  
In the same way, when their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result.  

an10.218manokammantasampatti manokammantasandosabyāpatti tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu tividhamanokammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu8Pi En Ru dhamma

tividhā manokammantasandosabyāpatti akusalasañcetanikā dukkhudrayā dukkhavipākā hoti.   There are three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action that have unskillful intention, with suffering as their outcome and result.  
Kathañca, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasandosabyāpatti akusalasañcetanikā dukkhudrayā dukkhavipākā hoti …pe…  
And what are the three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action? …  
evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasandosabyāpatti akusalasañcetanikā dukkhudrayā dukkhavipākā hoti.  
These are the three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action.  
Tividhakāyakammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti, catubbidhavacīkammanta …pe… tividhamanokammantasandosabyāpattiakusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjanti.  
When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell because of these three kinds of corruption and failure of bodily action, these four kinds of corruption and failure of verbal action, or these three kinds of corruption and failure of mental action that have unskillful intention, with suffering as their outcome and result.  
tividhā manokammantasampatti kusalasañcetanikā sukhudrayā sukhavipākā hoti.  
There are three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result.  
Kathañca, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasampatti kusalasañcetanikā sukhudrayā sukhavipākā hoti …pe…  
And what are the three kinds of successful mental action? …  
evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, tividhā manokammantasampatti kusalasañcetanikā sukhudrayā sukhavipākā hoti.  
These are the three kinds of successful mental action.  
Tividhakāyakammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti; catubbidhavacīkammantasampatti …pe… tividhamanokammantasampattikusalasañcetanikāhetu vā, bhikkhave, sattā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjanti …pe…  
When their body breaks up, after death, sentient beings are reborn in a good place, in heaven because of these three kinds of successful bodily action, these four kinds of successful verbal action, or these three kinds of successful mental action that have skillful intention, with happiness as their outcome and result. …” 

an11.13manomayaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yā devatā atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devatānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā, tā karaṇīyaṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa vā paticayaṁ’.   ‘There are deities who, surpassing the company of deities that consume solid food, are reborn in a certain host of mind-made deities. They don’t see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement.’  
evamevaṁ kho, nandiya, yā tā devatā atikkammeva kabaḷīkārāhārabhakkhānaṁ devatānaṁ sahabyataṁ aññataraṁ manomayaṁ kāyaṁ upapannā, tā karaṇīyaṁ attano na samanupassanti katassa vā paticayaṁ.  
In the same way, Nandiya, there are deities who, surpassing the company of deities that consume solid food, are reborn in a certain host of mind-made deities. They don’t see in themselves anything more to do, or anything that needs improvement.  

an11.14manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, subhūti, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, a mendicant sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

an11.17manokammaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, tesu na mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca, na mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ … na mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca.   It’s when a mendicant doesn’t consistently treat senior mendicants of long standing, long gone forth, fathers and leaders of the Saṅgha with kindness by way of body, speech, and mind, both in public and in private.  
Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, tesu mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ … mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca.  
It’s when a mendicant consistently treats senior mendicants of long standing, long gone forth, fathers and leaders of the Saṅgha with kindness by way of body, speech, and mind, both in public and in private.  

an11.118-165manoviññāṇe1Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇe…  mind consciousness. …” 

an11.166-213manosamphasse1Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphasse…  mind contact. …” 

an11.214-261manosamphassajāya1Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphassajāya vedanāya…  feeling born of mind contact … 

dn1manomayo manomayā manopadosikā manopaṇidhi manoti9Pi En Ru dhamma

Te tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhanti.   There they are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
So tattha hoti manomayo pītibhakkho sayampabho antalikkhacaro subhaṭṭhāyī, ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhati.  
There they are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
Tepi tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhanti.  
There they too are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
Iti mama ca manopaṇidhi, ime ca sattā itthattaṁ āgatā’ti.  
Such was my heart’s wish, and then these creatures came to this state of existence.’  
Santi, bhikkhave, manopadosikā nāma devā, te ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyanti. Te ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsenti. Te aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti.  
There are gods named ‘malevolent’. They spend too much time gazing at each other, so they grow angry with each other, and their bodies and minds get tired. They pass away from that host of gods.  
‘ye kho te bhonto devā na manopadosikā, te nātivelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyanti. Te nātivelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni nappadūsenti. Te aññamaññaṁ appaduṭṭhacittā akilantakāyā akilantacittā. Te devā tamhā kāyā na cavanti,  
‘The gods who are not malevolent don’t spend too much time gazing at each other, so they don’t grow angry with each other, their bodies and minds don’t get tired, and they don’t pass away from that host of gods.  
Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā, te mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā  
But we who were malevolent spent too much time gazing at each other, we grew angry with each other, our bodies and minds got tired, and we passed away from that host of gods.  
Yañca kho idaṁ vuccati cittanti vā manoti vā viññāṇanti vā ayaṁ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṁ tatheva ṭhassatī’ti.  
That which is called “mind” or “sentience” or “consciousness”: that self is permanent, everlasting, eternal, imperishable, remaining the same for all eternity.’  
Atthi kho, bho, añño attā dibbo rūpī manomayo sabbaṅgapaccaṅgī ahīnindriyo.  
There is another self that is divine, having form, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.  

dn2anattamano manoduccaritena manomayaṁ manomayiddhiñāṇa manosucaritena15Pi En Ru dhamma

Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano, anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā, tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ.   I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left.  
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano, anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā, tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ.  
I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left.  
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ.  
I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left.  
anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano, anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ.  
I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left.  
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ.  
I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left.  
Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā anattamano anattamanavācaṁ anicchāretvā tameva vācaṁ anuggaṇhanto anikkujjanto uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkamiṁ.  
I was displeased, but did not express my displeasure. Neither accepting what he said nor contradicting it, I got up from my seat and left.  
4.3.3.2. Manomayiddhiñāṇa  
4.3.3.2. Mind-Made Body  
So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti.  
When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body.  
So imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmināti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ.  
From this body they create another body, physical, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.  
Evameva kho, mahārāja, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti.  
In the same way, when their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body.  
So imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmināti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ.  
From this body they create another body, physical, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they acted out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they acted out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate; yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
 

dn3anattamano3Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho ambaṭṭho māṇavo bhagavatā avusitavādena vuccamāno kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁyeva khuṁsento bhagavantaṁyeva vambhento bhagavantaṁyeva upavadamāno:   When he said this, Ambaṭṭha became angry and upset with the Buddha because of being described as unqualified. He even attacked and badmouthed the Buddha himself, saying,  
‘ko nevaṁ re ayaṁ mayhaṁ dāsiputto samāno maddarūpiṁ dhītaraṁ yācatī’ti, kupito anattamano khurappaṁ sannayhi.  
‘Who the hell is this son of a slavegirl to ask for the hand of my daughter!’ Angry and upset he fastened a razor-tipped arrow.  
Aho vata re amhākaṁ, paṇḍitaka, aho vata re amhākaṁ, bahussutaka, aho vata re amhākaṁ, tevijjaka, evarūpena kira, bho, puriso atthacarakena kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyyā”ti, kupito anattamano ambaṭṭhaṁ māṇavaṁ padasāyeva pavattesi.  
Angry and upset, he kicked Ambaṭṭha over,  

dn6attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano oṭṭhaddho licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Oṭṭhaddha the Licchavi was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn8attamano3Pi En Ru dhamma

Byākate ca pana me attamano ahosi paraṁ viya mattāyā”ti.   He was extremely happy with my answer.”  
“Ko hi, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā na attamano assa paraṁ viya mattāya?  
“Sir, who wouldn’t be extremely happy after hearing the Buddha’s teaching?  
Ahampi hi, bhante, bhagavato dhammaṁ sutvā attamano paraṁ viya mattāya.  
For I too am extremely happy after hearing the Buddha’s teaching!  

dn9manomayassapi manomayaṁ manomayo24Pi En Ru dhamma

“Manomayaṁ kho ahaṁ, bhante, attānaṁ paccemi sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyan”ti.   “Sir, I believe in a mind-made self which is complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.”  
“Manomayo ca hi te, poṭṭhapāda, attā abhavissa sabbaṅgapaccaṅgī ahīnindriyo, evaṁ santampi kho te, poṭṭhapāda, aññāva saññā bhavissati añño attā.  
“Suppose there were such a mind-made self, Poṭṭhapāda. In that case, perception would be one thing, the self another.  
Tiṭṭhateva sāyaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, manomayo attā sabbaṅgapaccaṅgī ahīnindriyo, atha imassa purisassa aññā ca saññā uppajjanti, aññā ca saññā nirujjhanti.  
So long as that mind-made self remains, still some perceptions arise in a person and others cease.  
oḷāriko attapaṭilābho, manomayo attapaṭilābho, arūpo attapaṭilābho.  
a substantial reincarnation, a mind-made reincarnation, and a formless reincarnation.  
Katamo manomayo attapaṭilābho?  
What is a mind-made reincarnation?  
Rūpī manomayo sabbaṅgapaccaṅgī ahīnindriyo, ayaṁ manomayo attapaṭilābho.  
It has form, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.  
Manomayassapi kho ahaṁ, poṭṭhapāda, attapaṭilābhassa pahānāya dhammaṁ desemi:  
‘katamo pana so, āvuso, manomayo attapaṭilābho, yassa tumhe pahānāya dhammaṁ desetha, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti?  
‘But reverends, what is that mind-made reincarnation?’ We’d answer like this,  
‘ayaṁ vā so, āvuso, manomayo attapaṭilābho yassa mayaṁ pahānāya dhammaṁ desema, yathāpaṭipannānaṁ vo saṅkilesikā dhammā pahīyissanti, vodāniyā dhammā abhivaḍḍhissanti, paññāpāripūriṁ vepullattañca diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṁ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissathā’ti.  
‘This is that mind-made reincarnation.’  
katamo pana so, āvuso, manomayo attapaṭilābho …pe…  
“yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābho hoti, moghassa tasmiṁ samaye manomayo attapaṭilābho hoti, mogho arūpo attapaṭilābho hoti;  
“Sir, while in a substantial reincarnation, are the mind-made and formless reincarnations fictitious,  
Yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye manomayo attapaṭilābho hoti, moghassa tasmiṁ samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābho hoti, mogho arūpo attapaṭilābho hoti;  
While in a mind-made reincarnation, are the substantial and formless reincarnations fictitious,  
manomayo vāssa attapaṭilābho tasmiṁ samaye sacco hoti.  
and only the mind-made reincarnation real?  
Yasmiṁ, bhante, samaye arūpo attapaṭilābho hoti, moghassa tasmiṁ samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābho hoti, mogho manomayo attapaṭilābho hoti;  
While in a formless reincarnation, are the substantial and mind-made reincarnations fictitious,  
“Yasmiṁ, citta, samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābho hoti, neva tasmiṁ samaye manomayo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati, na arūpo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati;  
“While in a substantial reincarnation, it’s not referred to as a mind-made or formless reincarnation,  
Yasmiṁ, citta, samaye manomayo attapaṭilābho hoti, neva tasmiṁ samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati, na arūpo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati;  
While in a mind-made reincarnation, it’s not referred to as a substantial or formless reincarnation,  
manomayo attapaṭilābhotveva tasmiṁ samaye saṅkhaṁ gacchati.  
only as a mind-made reincarnation.  
Yasmiṁ, citta, samaye arūpo attapaṭilābho hoti, neva tasmiṁ samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati, na manomayo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati;  
While in a formless reincarnation, it’s not referred to as a substantial or mind-made reincarnation,  
“Evameva kho, citta, yasmiṁ samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābho hoti, neva tasmiṁ samaye manomayo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati, na arūpo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati.  
“In the same way, while in any one of the three reincarnations, it’s not referred to as the other two, only under its own name.  
Yasmiṁ, citta, samaye manomayo attapaṭilābho hoti …pe…  
yasmiṁ, citta, samaye arūpo attapaṭilābho hoti, neva tasmiṁ samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati, na manomayo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati;  
yasmiṁ, citta, samaye manomayo attapaṭilābho hoti …pe…  
yasmiṁ, citta, samaye arūpo attapaṭilābho hoti, neva tasmiṁ samaye oḷāriko attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati, na manomayo attapaṭilābhoti saṅkhaṁ gacchati;  

dn10manoduccaritena manomayaṁ manosucaritena5Pi En Ru dhamma

So evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti.   When their mind has become immersed in samādhi like this—purified, bright, flawless, rid of corruptions, pliable, workable, steady, and imperturbable—they project it and extend it toward the creation of a mind-made body.  
So imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmināti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ.  
From this body they create another body, physical, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.  
yampi, māṇava, bhikkhu evaṁ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte manomayaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimmānāya cittaṁ abhinīharati abhininnāmeti …pe….  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

dn11attamano mano9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.   ‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’  
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.  
 
“evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan”’ti.  
 
“evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan”’ti.  
 
Attamano kevaṭṭo gahapatiputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the householder Kevaḍḍha was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn14attamano dummano koṇāgamano18Pi En Ru dhamma

Imasmiññeva kho, bhikkhave, bhaddakappe koṇāgamano bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke udapādi.   Koṇāgamana,  
Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho brāhmaṇo jātiyā ahosi, brāhmaṇakule udapādi.  
Koṇāgamana,  
Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho kassapo gottena ahosi.  
Koṇāgamana,  
Koṇāgamano, bhikkhave, bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho udumbarassa mūle abhisambuddho.  
Koṇāgamana was awakened at the root of a cluster fig tree.  
‘attamano, deva, hohi, mahesakkho te putto uppanno, lābhā te, mahārāja, suladdhaṁ te, mahārāja, yassa te kule evarūpo putto uppanno.  
‘Rejoice, O King! An illustrious son is born to you. You are fortunate, so very fortunate, to have a son such as this born in this family!  
Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro antepuraṁ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati:  
Back at the royal compound, the prince brooded, miserable and sad:  
‘kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha? Kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti?  
‘My dear charioteer, I hope the prince enjoyed himself at the park? I hope he was happy there?’  
‘Na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti.  
‘No, Your Majesty, the prince didn’t enjoy himself at the park.’  
So kho, deva, kumāro antepuraṁ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati:  
 
Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro antepuraṁ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati:  
Back at the royal compound, the prince brooded, miserable and sad:  
‘kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti?  
‘My dear charioteer, I hope the prince enjoyed himself at the park? I hope he was happy there?’  
‘Na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti.  
‘No, Your Majesty, the prince didn’t enjoy himself at the park.’  
So kho, deva, kumāro antepuraṁ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati:  
 
Tatra sudaṁ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro antepuraṁ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati:  
Back at the royal compound, the prince brooded, miserable and sad:  
‘kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, kacci, samma sārathi, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti?  
‘My dear charioteer, I hope the prince enjoyed himself at the park? I hope he was happy there?’  
‘Na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā abhiramittha, na kho, deva, kumāro uyyānabhūmiyā attamano ahosī’ti.  
‘No, Your Majesty, the prince didn’t enjoy himself at the park.’  
So kho, deva, kumāro antepuraṁ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati:  
 
imasmiṁyeva kho, mārisā, bhaddakappe kakusandho koṇāgamano kassapo bhagavā …pe…  
 

dn15attamano manosamphassajā manosamphasso3Pi En Ru dhamma

cakkhusamphassajā vedanā sotasamphassajā vedanā ghānasamphassajā vedanā jivhāsamphassajā vedanā kāyasamphassajā vedanā manosamphassajā vedanā, sabbaso vedanāya asati vedanānirodhā api nu kho taṇhā paññāyethā”ti?   That is, feeling born of contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. When there’s no feeling at all, with the cessation of feeling, would craving still be found?”  
cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghānasamphasso jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosamphasso, sabbaso phasse asati phassanirodhā api nu kho vedanā paññāyethā”ti?  
That is, contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. When there’s no contact at all, with the cessation of contact, would feeling still be found?”  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn16manobhāvanīye manokammaṁ manokammena4Pi En Ru dhamma

mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṁ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.   and mental kindness both in public and in private, they can expect growth, not decline.  
Te mayaṁ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya.  
We got to see the esteemed mendicants, and to pay homage to them.  
Bhagavato pana mayaṁ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā”ti.  
But when the Buddha has passed, we won’t get to see the esteemed mendicants or to pay homage to them.”  
Dīgharattaṁ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena.  
For a long time, Ānanda, you’ve treated the Realized One with deeds of body, speech, and mind that are loving, beneficial, pleasant, undivided, and limitless.  

dn18mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

puññābhāgāti me mano;   who I think have shared in merit— 

dn19attamano2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena sudaṁ, bhante, brahmā sanaṅkumāro attamano hoti pamudito pītisomanassajāto bhagavato aṭṭha yathābhucce vaṇṇe sutvā.   Hearing them, Brahmā Sanaṅkumāra was uplifted and overjoyed, full of rapture and happiness.  
Attamano pañcasikho gandhabbaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṁ katvā tatthevantaradhāyīti.  
Delighted, the centaur Pañcasikha approved and agreed with what the Buddha said. He bowed and respectfully circled the Buddha, keeping him on his right, before vanishing right there. 

dn20manopadosikā1Pi En Ru dhamma

āguṁ manopadosikā.   and those who are malevolent.  

dn21attamano mano manoviññeyyaṁ manoviññeyyo10Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:   Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:  
Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:  
Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
Manoviññeyyaṁ dhammampāhaṁ, devānaminda, duvidhena vadāmi— 
ideas known by the mind:  
manoviññeyyaṁ dhammaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo na sevitabbo.  
or idea known by the mind which causes unskillful qualities to grow while skillful qualities decline.  
Yathārūpañca kho, bhante, manoviññeyyaṁ dhammaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo sevitabbo.  
And you should cultivate the kind of idea known by the mind which causes unskillful qualities to decline while skillful qualities grow.  
Attamano sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi anumodi:  
Delighted, Sakka approved and agreed with what the Buddha said, saying,  
yattha me ramatī mano.  
wherever my mind delights.  

dn22mano manosamphassajaṁ manosamphassajā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ9Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ cetasikaṁ asātaṁ manosamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ,   Mental pain, mental displeasure, the painful, unpleasant feeling that’s born from mental contact.  
mano loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.  
mind in the world seems nice and pleasant, and it is there that craving arises and settles.  
manoviññāṇaṁ loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.  
mind consciousness in the world seems nice and pleasant, and it is there that craving arises and settles.  
manosamphasso loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.  
mind contact in the world seems nice and pleasant, and it is there that craving arises and settles.  
manosamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati, ettha nivisamānā nivisati.  
feeling born of mind contact in the world seems nice and pleasant, and it is there that craving arises and settles.  
mano loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.  
 
manoviññāṇaṁ loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.  
 
manosamphasso loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.  
 
manosamphassajā vedanā loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhati.  
 

dn23attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Purimeneva ahaṁ opammena bhoto kassapassa attamano abhiraddho.   “I was delighted and satisfied with your very first simile, Master Kassapa!  

dn24attamano manomayo manomayā manopadosikaṁ manopadosikā manopaṇidhi12Pi En Ru dhamma

Te tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhanti.   There they are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
So tattha hoti manomayo pītibhakkho sayampabho antalikkhacaro subhaṭṭhāyī, ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhati.  
There they are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
Tepi tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhanti.  
There they too are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
iti mama ca manopaṇidhi. Ime ca sattā itthattaṁ āgatāti.  
Such was my heart’s wish, and then these creatures came to this state of existence.”  
Santi, bhaggava, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā manopadosikaṁ ācariyakaṁ aggaññaṁ paññapenti.  
There are some ascetics and brahmins who describe the origin of the world in their tradition as due to those who are malevolent.  
‘saccaṁ kira tumhe āyasmanto manopadosikaṁ ācariyakaṁ aggaññaṁ paññapethā’ti?  
‘Is it really true that this is the venerables’ view?’  
‘kathaṁvihitakaṁ pana tumhe āyasmanto manopadosikaṁ ācariyakaṁ aggaññaṁ paññapethā’ti?  
‘But how do you describe in your tradition that the origin of the world came about due to those who are malevolent?’  
‘Santāvuso, manopadosikā nāma devā. Te ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyanti. Te ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsenti. Te aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Te devā tamhā kāyā cavanti.  
‘Reverends, there are gods named “malevolent”. They spend too much time gazing at each other, so they grow angry with each other, and their bodies and minds get tired. They pass away from that host of gods.  
“ye kho te bhonto devā na manopadosikā te nātivelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyanti. Te nātivelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni nappadūsenti. Te aññamaññaṁ appaduṭṭhacittā akilantakāyā akilantacittā. Te devā tamhā kāyā na cavanti,  
“The gods who are not malevolent don’t spend too much time gazing at each other, so they don’t grow angry with each other, their bodies and minds don’t get tired, and they don’t pass away from that host of gods.  
Ye pana mayaṁ ahumhā manopadosikā, te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyimhā. Te mayaṁ ativelaṁ aññamaññaṁ upanijjhāyantā aññamaññamhi cittāni padūsimhā. Te mayaṁ aññamaññaṁ paduṭṭhacittā kilantakāyā kilantacittā. Evaṁ mayaṁ tamhā kāyā cutā,  
But we who were malevolent spent too much time gazing at each other, so our minds grew angry with each other, our bodies and minds got tired, and we passed away from that host of gods.  
Evaṁvihitakaṁ no tumhe āyasmanto manopadosikaṁ ācariyakaṁ aggaññaṁ paññapethā’ti.  
Is this how you describe in your tradition that the origin of the world came about due to those who are malevolent?’  
Attamano bhaggavagotto paribbājako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the wanderer of the Bhaggava clan was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn25attamano manobhāvanīyā manobhāvanīyānampi manoduccaritena manosucaritena11Pi En Ru dhamma

Manobhāvanīyānampi bhikkhūnaṁ asamayo dassanāya.   And it’s the wrong time to see the esteemed mendicants,  
Paṭisallīnā manobhāvanīyā bhikkhū.  
as they’re in retreat.  
“Idha, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
“Firstly, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. They’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for.  
Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
Furthermore, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. They generate possessions, honor, and popularity through that mortification. They’re happy with that, as they’ve got all they wished for.  
Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
“Idha, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
“Firstly, Nigrodha, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. But they’re not happy with that, as they still haven’t got all they wished for.  
Yampi, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
Puna caparaṁ, nigrodha, tapassī tapaṁ samādiyati, so tena tapasā lābhasakkārasilokaṁ abhinibbatteti, so tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo …pe…  
Furthermore, a mortifier undertakes a practice of mortification. They generate possessions, honor, and popularity through that mortification. They’re not happy with that, as they still haven’t got all they wished for …  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

dn26anattamano manopadoso8Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto dibbe cakkaratane antarahite anattamano ahosi, anattamanatañca paṭisaṁvedesi.   At that the king was unhappy and experienced unhappiness.  
‘mā kho tvaṁ, tāta, dibbe cakkaratane antarahite anattamano ahosi, mā anattamanatañca paṭisaṁvedesi, na hi te, tāta, dibbaṁ cakkaratanaṁ pettikaṁ dāyajjaṁ.  
‘Don’t be unhappy at the vanishing of the wheel-treasure. My dear, the wheel-treasure is not inherited from your father.  
Atha kho, bhikkhave, rājā khattiyo muddhābhisitto dibbe cakkaratane antarahite anattamano ahosi. Anattamanatañca paṭisaṁvedesi;  
At that the king was unhappy and experienced unhappiness.  
Dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu tesaṁ sattānaṁ aññamaññamhi tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṁ vadhakacittaṁ.  
They’ll be full of hostility towards each other, with acute ill will, malevolence, and thoughts of murder.  
bhātupi bhaginiyā bhaginiyāpi bhātari tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṁ vadhakacittaṁ.  
brother for sister, and sister for brother.  
Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, māgavikassa migaṁ disvā tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito hoti tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṁ vadhakacittaṁ;  
They’ll be just like a deer hunter when he sees a deer—full of hostility, ill will, malevolence, and thoughts of killing.  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, dasavassāyukesu manussesu tesaṁ sattānaṁ aññamaññamhi tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṁ vadhakacittaṁ.  
 
bhātupi bhaginiyā bhaginiyāpi bhātari tibbo āghāto paccupaṭṭhito bhavissati tibbo byāpādo tibbo manopadoso tibbaṁ vadhakacittaṁ.  
 

dn27manomayā3Pi En Ru dhamma

Te tattha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhanti.   There they are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
Tedha honti manomayā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ tiṭṭhanti.  
Here they are mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and they remain like that for a very long time.  
Mayañhi pubbe manomayā ahumhā pītibhakkhā sayaṁpabhā antalikkhacarā subhaṭṭhāyino, ciraṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ aṭṭhamhā.  
For we used to be mind-made, feeding on rapture, self-luminous, moving through the sky, steadily glorious, and we remained like that for a very long time.  

dn28mano manoduccaritena manosaṅkhārā manosucaritena10Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhuñceva rūpā ca, sotañceva saddā ca, ghānañceva gandhā ca, jivhā ceva rasā ca, kāyo ceva phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano ceva dhammā ca.   The eye and sights, the ear and sounds, the nose and smells, the tongue and tastes, the body and touches, and the mind and ideas.  
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.  
‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’  
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.  
‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’  
‘evampi te mano, itthampi te mano, itipi te cittan’ti.  
‘This is what you’re thinking, such is your thought, and thus is your state of mind.’  
‘yathā imassa bhoto manosaṅkhārā paṇihitā. Tathā imassa cittassa anantarā imaṁ nāma vitakkaṁ vitakkessatī’ti.  
‘Judging by the way this person’s intentions are directed, immediately after this mind state, they’ll think this thought.’  
hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā. Te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.  
inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

dn29attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Upavāna was happy with what the Buddha said. 

dn30khippamanomavikkamo’ti manosucarite pasaṭamujumano5Pi En Ru dhamma

Yampi, bhikkhave, tathāgato purimaṁ jātiṁ purimaṁ bhavaṁ purimaṁ niketaṁ pubbe manussabhūto samāno daḷhasamādāno ahosi kusalesu dhammesu, avatthitasamādāno kāyasucarite vacīsucarite manosucarite dānasaṁvibhāge sīlasamādāne uposathupavāse matteyyatāya petteyyatāya sāmaññatāya brahmaññatāya kule jeṭṭhāpacāyitāya aññataraññataresu ca adhikusalesu dhammesu.   In some past lives, past existences, past abodes the Realized One was reborn as a human being. He firmly and persistently undertook skillful behaviors such as good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, giving and sharing, taking precepts, observing the sabbath, paying due respect to mother and father, ascetics and brahmins, honoring the elders in the family, and various other things pertaining to skillful behaviors.  
Taṁ vindati khippamanomavikkamo”ti.  
what is fitting and suitable.”  
na ca visaṭaṁ, na ca visāci, na ca pana viceyya pekkhitā, ujuṁ tathā pasaṭamujumano, piyacakkhunā bahujanaṁ udikkhitā ahosi.  
When looking at others he didn’t glare, look askance, or avert his eyes. Being straightforward, he reached out to others with straightforward intentions, looking at people with kindly eyes.  
Ujuṁ tathā pasaṭamujumano,  
straightforward, he reached out straightforwardly,  
bahujanapubbaṅgamo ahosi kusalesu dhammesu bahujanapāmokkho kāyasucarite vacīsucarite manosucarite dānasaṁvibhāge sīlasamādāne uposathupavāse matteyyatāya petteyyatāya sāmaññatāya brahmaññatāya kule jeṭṭhāpacāyitāya aññataraññataresu ca adhikusalesu dhammesu.  
He was the leader and forerunner of people in skillful behaviors such as good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, giving and sharing, taking precepts, observing the sabbath, paying due respect to mother and father, ascetics and brahmins, honoring the elders in the family, and various other things pertaining to skillful behaviors.  

dn31manokammena1Pi En Ru dhamma

mettena kāyakammena mettena vacīkammena mettena manokammena anāvaṭadvāratāya āmisānuppadānena.   by loving deeds of body, speech, and mind, by not turning them away at the gate, and by providing them with material needs.  

dn32sumano2Pi En Ru dhamma

Pajjunno sumano sumukho;   Pajjunna, Sumana, Sumukha,  
Pajjunno sumano sumukho;  
 

dn33anattamano dummano manoduccaritaṁ manokammaṁ manomoneyyaṁ manosamphassajā manosamphasso manosañcetanā manosoceyyaṁ manosucaritaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ parisuddhamanosamācāro sumano21Pi En Ru dhamma

kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ.   by body, speech, and mind.  
kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ.  
by body, speech, and mind.  
Parisuddhamanosamācāro, āvuso, tathāgato, natthi tathāgatassa manoduccaritaṁ yaṁ tathāgato rakkheyya:  
 
kāyasoceyyaṁ, vacīsoceyyaṁ, manosoceyyaṁ.  
purity of body, speech, and mind.  
kāyamoneyyaṁ, vacīmoneyyaṁ, manomoneyyaṁ.  
sagacity of body, speech, and mind.  
kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.  
solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  
sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto.  
A mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.  
Yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, yassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya, ayaṁ pañcamo cetokhilo.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving. This is the fifth kind of emotional barrenness.  
cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, sotaviññāṇaṁ, ghānaviññāṇaṁ, jivhāviññāṇaṁ, kāyaviññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ.  
eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind consciousness.  
cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso.  
contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.  
feeling born of contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.  
Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness, both in public and in private.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  

dn34anattamano dummano manokammaṁ manosañcetanā sumano12Pi En Ru dhamma

kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.   solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  
sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, yo so, āvuso, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
A mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.  
Puna caparaṁ, āvuso, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ …pe… ekībhāvāya saṁvattati.  
Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
Idhāvuso, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṁ disvā neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
A mendicant, seeing a sight with their eyes, is neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  
manasā dhammaṁ viññāya neva sumano hoti na dummano, upekkhako viharati sato sampajāno.  
Knowing an idea with their mind, they’re neither happy nor sad. They remain equanimous, mindful and aware.  

mn4aparisuddhamanokammantā mano manoduccaritena manosucaritena6Pi En Ru dhamma

haranti maññe mano vanāni samādhiṁ alabhamānassa bhikkhuno”ti.   The forests seem to rob the mind of a mendicant who isn’t immersed in samādhi.”  
haranti maññe mano vanāni samādhiṁ alabhamānassa bhikkhuno.  
haranti maññe mano vanāni samādhiṁ alabhamānassa bhikkhuno’ti.  
The forests seem to rob the mind of a mendicant who isn’t immersed in samādhi.’  
aparisuddhamanokammantā …pe…  
So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.  
With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I saw sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn5attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho, āvuso, paṇḍuputto ājīvako purāṇayānakāraputto attamano attamanavācaṁ nicchāresi:   Then Paṇḍuputta expressed his gladness:  

mn6manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu: ‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ—ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannāti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,   A mendicant might wish: ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

mn8attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā mahācundo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Mahācunda was happy with what the Buddha said.  

mn9manosamphassajā manosamphasso manosañcetanā manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.   Solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  
cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.  
Feeling born of contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso.  
Contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, sotaviññāṇaṁ, ghānaviññāṇaṁ, jivhāviññāṇaṁ, kāyaviññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ.  
Eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind consciousness.  

mn12attamano manoduccaritena manosucaritena5Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, sāriputta, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   Furthermore, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, the Realized One sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, he sees sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. He understands how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
Yampi, sāriputta, tathāgato dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti. Idampi, sāriputta, tathāgatassa tathāgatabalaṁ hoti yaṁ balaṁ āgamma tathāgato āsabhaṁ ṭhānaṁ paṭijānāti, parisāsu sīhanādaṁ nadati, brahmacakkaṁ pavatteti.  
Since he truly understands this, this is a power of the Realized One. …  
Attamano āyasmā nāgasamālo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Nāgasamāla was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn14attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano mahānāmo sakko bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Mahānāma the Sakyan was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn15attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

no ce tattha passati rajaṁ vā aṅgaṇaṁ vā, teneva attamano hoti:   But if they don’t see any dirt or blemish there, they’re happy, thinking:  

mn16anattamano attamano6Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto.   Furthermore, a mendicant is angry and upset with their spiritual companions, resentful and closed off.  
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu kupito hoti anattamano āhatacitto khilajāto, tassa cittaṁ na namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
This being so, their mind doesn’t incline toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu na kupito hoti na anattamano anāhatacitto akhilajāto.  
They’re not angry and upset with their spiritual companions, not resentful or closed off.  
hoti na anattamano → hoti attamano (bj, pts1ed) 
Yo so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabrahmacārīsu na kupito hoti na anattamano anāhatacitto akhilajāto, tassa cittaṁ namati ātappāya anuyogāya sātaccāya padhānāya.  
This being so, their mind inclines toward keenness, commitment, persistence, and striving.  

mn18attamano manoviññeyyesu manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇe5Pi En Ru dhamma

manañcāvuso, paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, yaṁ vedeti taṁ sañjānāti, yaṁ sañjānāti taṁ vitakketi, yaṁ vitakketi taṁ papañceti, yaṁ papañceti tatonidānaṁ purisaṁ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti atītānāgatapaccuppannesu manoviññeyyesu dhammesu.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact. Contact is a condition for feeling. What you feel, you perceive. What you perceive, you think about. What you think about, you proliferate. What you proliferate is the source from which judgments driven by proliferating perceptions beset a person. This occurs with respect to ideas known by the mind in the past, future, and present.  
manasmiṁ sati dhamme sati manoviññāṇe sati phassapaññattiṁ paññāpessatīti—ṭhānametaṁ vijjati.  
mind, ideas, and mind consciousness, it will be possible to discover evidence of contact. …  
manasmiṁ asati dhamme asati manoviññāṇe asati phassapaññattiṁ paññāpessatīti—netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjati.  
no mind, no ideas, and no mind consciousness, it will not be possible to discover evidence of contact.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn21anattamano mano4Pi En Ru dhamma

sace koci bhikkhu āyasmato moḷiyaphaggunassa sammukhā tāsaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, tenāyasmā moḷiyaphagguno kupito anattamano adhikaraṇampi karoti.   if any mendicant criticized those nuns in his presence, Phagguna of the Top-Knot got angry and upset, and even instigated disciplinary proceedings.  
sace koci bhikkhu āyasmato moḷiyaphaggunassa sammukhā tāsaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, tenāyasmā moḷiyaphagguno kupito anattamano adhikaraṇampi karoti.  
 
sace koci bhikkhu tuyhaṁ sammukhā tāsaṁ bhikkhunīnaṁ avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati, tena tvaṁ kupito anattamano adhikaraṇampi karosi.  
if any mendicant criticizes those nuns in your presence, you get angry and upset, and even instigate disciplinary proceedings?  
Ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṁ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro.  
Even if low-down bandits were to sever you limb from limb with a two-handled saw, anyone who had a malevolent thought on that account would not be following my instructions.  

mn23attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā kumārakassapo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Kassapa the Prince was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn28attamano mano9Pi En Ru dhamma

“ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṁ, tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya na me so tena sāsanakaro”ti.   “Even if low-down bandits were to sever you limb from limb, anyone who had a malevolent thought on that account would not be following my instructions.”  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti.  
But if, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti. So tena attamano hoti.  
If, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
Atha khvāssa notevettha hoti …pe… tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti.  
If, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
Vuttaṁ kho panetaṁ bhagavatā kakacūpamovāde “ubhatodaṇḍakena cepi, bhikkhave, kakacena corā ocarakā aṅgamaṅgāni okanteyyuṁ. Tatrāpi yo mano padūseyya, na me so tena sāsanakaro”ti.  
But the Buddha has said in the Advice on the Simile of the Saw: “Even if low-down bandits were to sever you limb from limb, anyone who had a thought of hate on that account would not be following my instructions.”  
Tassa ce, āvuso, bhikkhuno evaṁ buddhaṁ anussarato, evaṁ dhammaṁ anussarato, evaṁ saṅghaṁ anussarato, upekkhā kusalanissitā saṇṭhāti, so tena attamano hoti.  
But if, while recollecting the Buddha, the teaching, and the Saṅgha in this way, equanimity based on the skillful does become stabilized in them, they’re happy with that.  
mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā na āpāthaṁ āgacchanti no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
mind is intact internally, so long as exterior ideas don’t come into range and there’s no corresponding engagement, there’s no manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  
Ajjhattiko ceva, āvuso, mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, no ca tajjo samannāhāro hoti, neva tāva tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
Though the mind is intact internally and exterior ideas come into range, so long as there’s no corresponding engagement, there’s no manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  
Yato ca kho, āvuso, ajjhattiko ceva mano aparibhinno hoti, bāhirā ca dhammā āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, tajjo ca samannāhāro hoti, evaṁ tajjassa viññāṇabhāgassa pātubhāvo hoti.  
But when the mind is intact internally and exterior ideas come into range and there is corresponding engagement, there is the manifestation of the corresponding type of consciousness.  

mn29attamano28Pi En Ru dhamma

So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.   They’re happy with that, and they’ve got all they wished for.  
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re not happy with that, and haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, and they’ve got all they wished for.  
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, and they’ve got all they wished for.  
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, and they’ve got all they wished for.  
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti, na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re not happy with that, and haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, but they haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, but they haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, but they haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti, na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 

mn30attamano14Pi En Ru dhamma

So tena lābhasakkārasilokena attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.   They’re happy with that, and they’ve got all they wished for.  
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re not happy with that, and haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, and they’ve got all they wished for.  
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti, na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
 
So tena lābhasakkārasilokena na attamano hoti, na paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re not happy with that, and haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tāya sīlasampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, but they haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tāya samādhisampadāya attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, but they haven’t got all they wished for.  
So tena ñāṇadassanena attamano hoti, no ca kho paripuṇṇasaṅkappo.  
They’re happy with that, but they haven’t got all they wished for.  

mn31attamano manokammaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ āvi ceva raho ca.    
mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ āvi ceva raho ca.  
 
Attamano dīgho parajano yakkho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the native spirit Dīgha Parajana was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn33manokammaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

na mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca.    
mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca.  
 

mn37attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn38manosañcetanā manoviññāṇantveva3Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati viññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇantveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati.   Consciousness that arises dependent on the mind and ideas is reckoned as mind consciousness.  
Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati viññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇantveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati.  
 
Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.  
Solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  

mn39manosamācāro parisuddhamanosamācāratāya8Pi En Ru dhamma

‘Parisuddho no manosamācāro bhavissati uttāno vivaṭo na ca chiddavā saṁvuto ca.   mental behavior …  
Tāya ca pana parisuddhamanosamācāratāya nevattānukkaṁsessāma na paraṁ vambhessāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṁ.  
 
‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro;  
 
‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo;  
‘We have conscience and prudence, our bodily, verbal, and mental behavior is pure, and our livelihood is pure.  
‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā;  
‘We have conscience and prudence, our bodily, verbal, and mental behavior is pure, our livelihood is pure, and our sense doors are restrained.  
‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā, bhojane mattaññuno;  
‘We have conscience and prudence, our bodily, verbal, and mental behavior is pure, our livelihood is pure, our sense doors are restrained, and we don’t eat too much.  
‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ anuyuttā;  
‘We have conscience and prudence, our bodily, verbal, and mental behavior is pure, our livelihood is pure, our sense doors are restrained, we don’t eat too much, and we are dedicated to wakefulness.  
‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṁ anuyuttā, satisampajaññena samannāgatā;  
‘We have conscience and prudence, our bodily, verbal, and mental behavior is pure, our livelihood is pure, our sense doors are restrained, we don’t eat too much, we are dedicated to wakefulness, and we have mindfulness and situational awareness.  

mn43attamano mano manoviññāṇena5Pi En Ru dhamma

“Nissaṭṭhena hāvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena kiṁ neyyan”ti?   “What can be known by purified mind consciousness released from the five senses?”  
“Nissaṭṭhena, āvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṁ neyyaṁ, ‘anantaṁ viññāṇan’ti viññāṇañcāyatanaṁ neyyaṁ, ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṁ neyyan”ti.  
“Aware that ‘space is infinite’ it can know the dimension of infinite space. Aware that ‘consciousness is infinite’ it can know the dimension of infinite consciousness. Aware that ‘there is nothing at all’ it can know the dimension of nothingness.”  
Imesaṁ kho, āvuso, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ nānāvisayānaṁ nānāgocarānaṁ, na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhontānaṁ, mano paṭisaraṇaṁ, mano ca nesaṁ gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhotī”ti.  
“These five faculties, with their different scopes and ranges, have recourse to the mind. And the mind experiences their scopes and ranges.”  
Attamano āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Mahākoṭṭhita was happy with what Sāriputta said. 

mn44attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano visākho upāsako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, the layman Visākha was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn48manokammaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

yasmiṁ tumhe samaye bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharatha, api nu tumhākaṁ tasmiṁ samaye mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ …pe… mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho cā”ti?   When you’re arguing, quarreling, and disputing, continually wounding each other with barbed words, are you treating your spiritual companions with kindness by way of body, speech, and mind, both in public and in private?”  
“Iti kira, bhikkhave, yasmiṁ tumhe samaye bhaṇḍanajātā kalahajātā vivādāpannā aññamaññaṁ mukhasattīhi vitudantā viharatha, neva tumhākaṁ tasmiṁ samaye mettaṁ kāyakammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, na mettaṁ vacīkammaṁ …pe… na mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.  
“So it seems that when you’re arguing you are not treating each other with kindness.  
Puna caparaṁ, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.  
Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness …  

mn50dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tato so dummano yakkho,   That spirit, downcast,  

mn51manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn53manoduccaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Hirimā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.   They have a conscience. They’re conscientious about bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and conscientious about having any bad, unskillful qualities.  
Ottappī hoti, ottappati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, ottappati pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ samāpattiyā.  
They exercise prudence. They’re prudent when it comes to bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and prudent when it comes to acquiring any bad, unskillful qualities.  

mn54anattamano2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, potaliyo gahapati “gahapativādena maṁ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī”ti kupito anattamano tuṇhī ahosi.   When he said this, Potaliya was angry and upset. Thinking, “The ascetic Gotama addresses me as ‘householder’!” he stayed silent.  
Evaṁ vutte, potaliyo gahapati “gahapativādena maṁ samaṇo gotamo samudācaratī”ti kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁ etadavoca:  
When he said this, Potaliya was angry and upset. Thinking, “The ascetic Gotama addresses me as ‘householder’!” he said to the Buddha,  

mn56attamano manodaṇḍan’ti manodaṇḍasmiṁ manodaṇḍo manodaṇḍo’ti manokammanti manokamman’ti manokammaṁ manopadosena manopaṭibaddho manosattā35Pi En Ru dhamma

kāyadaṇḍaṁ, vacīdaṇḍaṁ, manodaṇḍan”ti.   the physical rod, the verbal rod, and the mental rod.”  
“Kiṁ pana, tapassi, aññadeva kāyadaṇḍaṁ, aññaṁ vacīdaṇḍaṁ, aññaṁ manodaṇḍan”ti?  
“But are these kinds of rod all distinct from each other?”  
“Aññadeva, āvuso gotama, kāyadaṇḍaṁ, aññaṁ vacīdaṇḍaṁ, aññaṁ manodaṇḍan”ti.  
“Yes, each is quite distinct.”  
“Imesaṁ pana, tapassi, tiṇṇaṁ daṇḍānaṁ evaṁ paṭivibhattānaṁ evaṁ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṁ katamaṁ daṇḍaṁ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyadaṇḍaṁ, yadi vā vacīdaṇḍaṁ, yadi vā manodaṇḍan”ti?  
“Of the three rods thus analyzed and differentiated, which rod does the Jain Ñātika describe as being the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds: the physical rod, the verbal rod, or the mental rod?”  
“Imesaṁ kho, āvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṁ daṇḍānaṁ evaṁ paṭivibhattānaṁ evaṁ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṁ kāyadaṇḍaṁ nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññapeti pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍaṁ, no tathā manodaṇḍan”ti.  
“The Jain Ñātika describes the physical rod as being the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.”  
kāyakammaṁ, vacīkammaṁ, manokamman”ti.  
physical deeds, verbal deeds, and mental deeds.”  
“Kiṁ panāvuso gotama, aññadeva kāyakammaṁ, aññaṁ vacīkammaṁ, aññaṁ manokamman”ti?  
“But are these kinds of deed all distinct from each other?”  
“Aññadeva, tapassi, kāyakammaṁ, aññaṁ vacīkammaṁ, aññaṁ manokamman”ti.  
“Yes, each is quite distinct.”  
“Imesaṁ panāvuso gotama, tiṇṇaṁ kammānaṁ evaṁ paṭivibhattānaṁ evaṁ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṁ katamaṁ kammaṁ mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññapesi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, yadi vā kāyakammaṁ, yadi vā vacīkammaṁ, yadi vā manokamman”ti?  
“Of the three deeds thus analyzed and differentiated, which deed do you describe as being the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds: physical deeds, verbal deeds, or mental deeds?”  
“Imesaṁ kho ahaṁ, tapassi, tiṇṇaṁ kammānaṁ evaṁ paṭivibhattānaṁ evaṁ paṭivisiṭṭhānaṁ manokammaṁ mahāsāvajjataraṁ paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā kāyakammaṁ, no tathā vacīkamman”ti.  
“I describe mental deeds as being the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much physical deeds or verbal deeds.”  
“Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi”?  
“Do you say mental deeds, Reverend Gotama?”  
“Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi”.  
“I say mental deeds, Tapassī.”  
“Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi”?  
“Do you say mental deeds, Reverend Gotama?”  
“Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmi”.  
“I say mental deeds, Tapassī.”  
“Manokammanti, āvuso gotama, vadesi”?  
“Do you say mental deeds, Reverend Gotama?”  
“Manokammanti, tapassi, vadāmī”ti.  
“I say mental deeds, Tapassī.”  
Kiñhi sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo imassa evaṁ oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya.  
For how impressive is the measly mental rod when compared with the substantial physical rod?  
Atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo”ti.  
Rather, the physical rod is the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.”  
Kiñhi sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo imassa evaṁ oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya.  
For how impressive is the measly mental rod when compared with the substantial physical rod?  
Atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo.  
Rather, the physical rod is the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.  
Kiñhi sobhati chavo manodaṇḍo imassa evaṁ oḷārikassa kāyadaṇḍassa upanidhāya?  
For how impressive is the measly mental rod when compared with the substantial physical rod?  
Atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo”ti.  
Rather, the physical rod is the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.”  
“Atthi, bhante, manosattā nāma devā tattha so upapajjati”.  
“Sir, there are gods called ‘mind-bound’. They would be reborn there.  
“Asu hi, bhante, manopaṭibaddho kālaṁ karotī”ti.  
Because they died with mental attachment.”  
“Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo”ti.  
“Even though the Buddha says this, still the physical rod is the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.”  
“Manodaṇḍasmiṁ, bhante”ti.  
“In the mental rod, sir.”  
“Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo”ti.  
“Even though the Buddha says this, still the physical rod is the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.”  
‘ahaṁ imaṁ nāḷandaṁ ekena manopadosena bhasmaṁ karissāmī’ti.  
‘I will reduce Nāḷandā to ashes with a single malevolent act of will!’  
pahoti nu kho so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto imaṁ nāḷandaṁ ekena manopadosena bhasmaṁ kātun”ti?  
Could he do that?”  
“Dasapi, bhante, nāḷandā, vīsampi nāḷandā, tiṁsampi nāḷandā, cattārīsampi nāḷandā, paññāsampi nāḷandā pahoti so samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto ekena manopadosena bhasmaṁ kātuṁ.  
“Sir, an ascetic or brahmin with psychic power, who has achieved mastery of the mind, could reduce ten, twenty, thirty, forty, or fifty Nāḷandās to ashes with a single malevolent act of will.  
“Kiñcāpi, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, atha kho kāyadaṇḍova mahāsāvajjataro pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā vacīdaṇḍo, no tathā manodaṇḍo”ti.  
“Even though the Buddha says this, still the physical rod is the most blameworthy for performing bad deeds, not so much the verbal rod or the mental rod.”  
“Sutaṁ metaṁ, bhante, isīnaṁ manopadosena taṁ daṇḍakīraññaṁ kāliṅgāraññaṁ majjhāraññaṁ mātaṅgāraññaṁ araññaṁ araññabhūtan”ti.  
“I heard that it was because of a malevolent act of will by seers that the wildernesses of Daṇḍaka, Kaliṅga, Mejjha, and Mātaṅga came to be that way.”  
“Purimenevāhaṁ, bhante, opammena bhagavato attamano abhiraddho.  
“Sir, I was already delighted and satisfied by the Buddha’s very first simile.  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘anuviccakāraṁ kho, gahapati, karohi, anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṁ ñātamanussānaṁ sādhu hotī’ti.  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to act after careful consideration.  
“Imināpāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṁ maṁ bhagavā evamāha: ‘dīgharattaṁ kho te, gahapati, nigaṇṭhānaṁ opānabhūtaṁ kulaṁ yena nesaṁ upagatānaṁ piṇḍakaṁ dātabbaṁ maññeyyāsī’ti.  
“Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with the Buddha, since he tells me to consider giving to the Jain ascetics when they come.  

mn57manosaṅkhāraṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, puṇṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.   It’s when someone makes hurtful choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So sabyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they’re reborn in a hurtful world,  
Idha, puṇṇa, ekacco abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
It’s when someone makes pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So abyābajjhaṁ kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, abyābajjhaṁ manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā abyābajjhaṁ lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a pleasing world,  
Idha, puṇṇa, ekacco sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti.  
It’s when someone makes both hurtful and pleasing choices by way of body, speech, and mind.  
So sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi kāyasaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi vacīsaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā, sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharitvā sabyābajjhampi abyābajjhampi lokaṁ upapajjati.  
Having made these choices, they are reborn in a world that is both hurtful and pleasing,  

mn58anattamano’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

Tāya ca pana te vācāya devadatto kupito ahosi anattamano’ti.   Devadatta was angry and upset with what you said.’  
Tāya ca pana te vācāya devadatto kupito ahosi anattamano’ti.  
 

mn59attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn60manoduccaritaṁ—ime manomayā manosucaritaṁ—ime13Pi En Ru dhamma

tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti.   You can expect that they will reject good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti.  
You can expect that they will reject bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti.  
You can expect that they will reject good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti.  
You can expect that they will reject bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti.  
You can expect that they will reject good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
tesametaṁ pāṭikaṅkhaṁ—yamidaṁ kāyaduccaritaṁ, vacīduccaritaṁ, manoduccaritaṁ—ime tayo akusale dhamme abhinivajjetvā yamidaṁ kāyasucaritaṁ, vacīsucaritaṁ, manosucaritaṁ—ime tayo kusale dhamme samādāya vattissanti.  
You can expect that they will reject bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and undertake and implement good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  
ye te devā rūpino manomayā, apaṇṇakaṁ me tatrūpapatti bhavissati.  
that I will be unfailingly reborn among the gods who possess form and made of mind.  

mn61attamano manokammaṁ manokamme34Pi En Ru dhamma

Yadeva tvaṁ, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ kattukāmo ahosi, tadeva te manokammaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:   When you want to act with the mind, you should check on that same deed:  
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya— 
‘Does this act of mind that I want to do lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both? …’ …  
akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti?  
 
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya— 
 
akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti, evarūpaṁ te, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ sasakkaṁ na karaṇīyaṁ.  
 
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ kattukāmo idaṁ me manokammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvatteyya— 
 
kusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ sukhudrayaṁ sukhavipākan’ti, evarūpaṁ te, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ karaṇīyaṁ.  
 
Karontenapi te, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ tadeva te manokammaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati— 
 
akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti?  
 
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati— 
 
akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti, paṭisaṁhareyyāsi tvaṁ, rāhula, evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ.  
 
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ karomi idaṁ me manokammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati— 
 
kusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ sukhudrayaṁ sukhavipākan’ti, anupadajjeyyāsi tvaṁ, rāhula, evarūpaṁ manokammaṁ.  
 
Katvāpi te, rāhula, manasā kammaṁ tadeva te manokammaṁ paccavekkhitabbaṁ:  
 
manokammaṁ → manokamme (bj, sya-all, km, pts1ed)  
‘yannu kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati— 
 
akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti?  
 
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me manokammaṁ attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati— 
‘This act of mind that I have done leads to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.  
akusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ dukkhudrayaṁ dukkhavipākan’ti, evarūpaṁ pana te, rāhula, manokammaṁ aṭṭīyitabbaṁ harāyitabbaṁ jigucchitabbaṁ;  
It’s unskillful, with suffering as its outcome and result.’ Then, Rāhula, you should be horrified, repelled, and disgusted by that deed.  
‘yaṁ kho ahaṁ idaṁ manasā kammaṁ akāsiṁ idaṁ me manokammaṁ nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati— 
‘This act with the mind that I have done doesn’t lead to hurting myself, hurting others, or hurting both.  
kusalaṁ idaṁ manokammaṁ sukhudrayaṁ sukhavipākan’ti, teneva tvaṁ, rāhula, pītipāmojjena vihareyyāsi ahorattānusikkhī kusalesu dhammesu.  
It’s skillful, with happiness as its outcome and result.’ Then, Rāhula, you should live in rapture and joy because of this, training day and night in skillful qualities.  
Ye hi keci, rāhula, atītamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyakammaṁ parisodhesuṁ, vacīkammaṁ parisodhesuṁ, manokammaṁ parisodhesuṁ, sabbe te evamevaṁ paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā kāyakammaṁ parisodhesuṁ, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā vacīkammaṁ parisodhesuṁ, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā manokammaṁ parisodhesuṁ.  
All the ascetics and brahmins of the past, future, and present who purify their physical, verbal, and mental actions do so after repeatedly checking.  
Yepi hi keci, rāhula, anāgatamaddhānaṁ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyakammaṁ parisodhessanti, vacīkammaṁ parisodhessanti, manokammaṁ parisodhessanti, sabbe te evamevaṁ paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā kāyakammaṁ parisodhessanti, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā vacīkammaṁ parisodhessanti, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā manokammaṁ parisodhessan”ti.  
 
Yepi hi keci, rāhula, etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyakammaṁ parisodhenti, vacīkammaṁ parisodhenti, manokammaṁ parisodhenti, sabbe te evamevaṁ paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā kāyakammaṁ parisodhenti, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā vacīkammaṁ parisodhenti, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā manokammaṁ parisodhenti.  
 
Tasmātiha, rāhula, ‘paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā kāyakammaṁ parisodhessāmi, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā vacīkammaṁ parisodhessāmi, paccavekkhitvā paccavekkhitvā manokammaṁ parisodhessāmī’ti— 
So Rāhula, you should train yourself like this: ‘I will purify my physical, verbal, and mental actions after repeatedly checking.’”  
Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn62attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn63attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā mālukyaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Māluṅkyaputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn64attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn65attamano9Pi En Ru dhamma

So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti nāha.   When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He displays annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He doesn’t proceed properly, he doesn’t fall in line, he doesn’t proceed to get past it, and he doesn’t say: ‘I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.’  
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti nāha.  
When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He displays annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He doesn’t proceed properly, he doesn’t fall in line, he doesn’t proceed to get past it, and he doesn’t say: “I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.”  
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ na apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti āha.  
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He doesn’t display annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He proceeds properly, he falls in line, he proceeds to get past it, and he says: ‘I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.’  
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ na apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti āha.  
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue, distracting the discussion with irrelevant points. He doesn’t display annoyance, hate, and bitterness. He proceeds properly, he falls in line, he proceeds to get past it, and he says: ‘I’ll do what pleases the Saṅgha.’  
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti nāha.  
When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue …  
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno aññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, na sammā vattati, na lomaṁ pāteti, na netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti nāha.  
When admonished by the monks, he dodges the issue …  
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, ‘yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī’ti āha.  
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue …  
So bhikkhūhi vuccamāno nāññenaññaṁ paṭicarati, na bahiddhā kathaṁ apanāmeti, na kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti, sammā vattati, lomaṁ pāteti, netthāraṁ vattati, “yena saṅgho attamano hoti taṁ karomī”ti āha.  
When admonished by the monks, he doesn’t dodge the issue …  
Attamano āyasmā bhaddāli bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Bhaddāli was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn66attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā udāyī bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Udāyī was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn68attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Anuruddha and friends approved what the Buddha said. 

mn71attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano vacchagotto paribbājako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, the wanderer Vacchagotta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn73manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

‘dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṁ—ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannāti; iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṁ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyan’ti,   ‘With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: “These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.” And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, may I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And may I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.’  

mn75attamano mano4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano kho, māgaṇḍiya, dhammārāmo dhammarato dhammasammudito.   The mind likes ideas, it loves them and enjoys them.  
So taṁ paṭiggaṇheyya, paṭiggahetvā pārupeyya, pārupetvā attamano attamanavācaṁ nicchāreyya:  
They’d take it and put it on, expressing their gladness:  
api nu so jaccandho puriso jānanto passanto amuṁ telamalikataṁ sāhuḷicīraṁ paṭiggaṇheyya, paṭiggahetvā pārupeyya, pārupetvā attamano attamanavācaṁ nicchāreyya:  
Did that person blind from birth do this knowing and seeing,  
“Ajānanto hi, bho gotama, apassanto so jaccandho puriso amuṁ telamalikataṁ sāhuḷicīraṁ paṭiggaṇheyya, paṭiggahetvā pārupeyya, pārupetvā attamano attamanavācaṁ nicchāreyya:  
“They did so not knowing or seeing,  

mn77attamano manoduccaritena manomayaṁ manosucaritena5Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminanti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ.   Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to create from this body another body, consisting of form, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.  
Evameva kho, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā imamhā kāyā aññaṁ kāyaṁ abhinimminanti rūpiṁ manomayaṁ sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṁ ahīnindriyaṁ.  
In the same way, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use to create from this body another body, consisting of form, mind-made, complete in all its various parts, not deficient in any faculty.  
Puna caparaṁ, udāyi, akkhātā mayā sāvakānaṁ paṭipadā, yathāpaṭipannā me sāvakā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passanti cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānanti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passanti cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānanti.  
Furthermore, I have explained to my disciples a practice that they use so that, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  
Attamano sakuludāyī paribbājako bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, the wanderer Sakuludāyī was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn78attamano manobhāvaniyā manobhāvaniyānampi manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Manobhāvaniyānampi bhikkhūnaṁ asamayo dassanāya;   And it’s the wrong time to see the esteemed mendicants,  
paṭisallīnā manobhāvaniyā bhikkhū.  
as they’re in retreat.  
Idha, thapati, bhikkhu kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti, micchājīvaṁ pahāya sammājīvena jīvitaṁ kappeti— 
It’s when a mendicant gives up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develops good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind; they give up wrong livelihood and earn a living by right livelihood.  
Attamano pañcakaṅgo thapati bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Pañcakaṅga the chamberlain was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn80anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, vekhanaso paribbājako kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁyeva khuṁsento bhagavantaṁyeva vambhento bhagavantaṁyeva vadamāno:   When he said this, Vekhanasa became angry and upset. He even attacked and badmouthed the Buddha himself, saying,  

mn81attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn82manoramā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Kāmāhi citrā madhurā manoramā,   Sensual pleasures are diverse, sweet, delightful;  

mn83attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn88manosamācāraṁ manosamācāro26Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa manosamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehī”ti?    
“Na kho, mahārāja, so bhagavā tathārūpaṁ manosamācāraṁ samācareyya, yvāssa manosamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhī”ti.  
 
manosamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhī”ti?  
mental behavior is faulted by sensible ascetics and brahmins?” …  
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro akusalo”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro akusalo”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro sāvajjo”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro sāvajjo”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro sabyābajjho”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro sabyābajjho”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro dukkhavipāko”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro dukkhavipāko”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro attabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati.  
“Mental behavior that leads to hurting yourself, hurting others, and hurting both,  
evarūpo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro opārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhī”ti.  
That kind of mental behavior is faulted by sensible ascetics and brahmins.”  
manosamācāro anopārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhī”ti?  
mental behavior is not faulted by sensible ascetics and brahmins?” …  
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro kusalo”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro kusalo”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro anavajjo”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro anavajjo”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro abyābajjho”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro abyābajjho”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro sukhavipāko”.  
 
“Katamo pana, bhante, manosamācāro sukhavipāko”?  
 
“Yo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro nevattabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na parabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati, na ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṁvattati.  
“Mental behavior that leads to pleasing yourself, pleasing others, and pleasing both,  
Evarūpo kho, mahārāja, manosamācāro anopārambho samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhī”ti.  
That kind of mental behavior is not faulted by sensible ascetics and brahmins.”  

mn93manopadoso2Pi En Ru dhamma

Iṅgha bhavanto, yo mayi manopadoso taṁ pajahathā’ti.   Please let go of your malevolence towards me.’  
‘Yo bhavati manopadoso taṁ pajahāma.  
‘We let go of our malevolence towards you.  

mn94attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Imināpāhaṁ bhoto udenassa bhiyyoso mattāya attamano abhiraddho yaṁ maṁ bhavaṁ udeno saṅghe dāne samādapeti.   “Now I’m even more delighted and satisfied with Master Udena, since he encourages me to give to the Saṅgha.  

mn99anattamano anattamano’ti3Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, subho māṇavo todeyyaputto bhagavatā andhaveṇūpamena vuccamāno kupito anattamano bhagavantaṁyeva khuṁsento bhagavantaṁyeva vambhento bhagavantaṁyeva vadamāno:   When he said this, Subha became angry and upset with the Buddha because of the simile of the queue of blind men. He even attacked and badmouthed the Buddha himself, saying,  
iti so kupito hoti anattamano.  
they get angry and bitter.  
‘iminā paro kupito hotu anattamano’ti.  
others will get angry and upset.  

mn101manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   With clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understood how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

mn104attamano manokammaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Puna caparaṁ, ānanda, bhikkhuno mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ hoti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca.   Furthermore, a mendicant consistently treats their spiritual companions with mental kindness …  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn105attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano sunakkhatto licchaviputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Sunakkhatta of the Licchavi clan was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn106attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn112mano manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu manoviññāṇe3Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhu ceva rūpā ca, sotañca saddā ca, ghānañca gandhā ca, jivhā ca rasā ca, kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano ca dhammā ca—  The eye and sights, the ear and sounds, the nose and smells, the tongue and tastes, the body and touches, and the mind and ideas.  
manasmiṁ, āvuso, dhamme manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu yo chando yo rāgo yā nandī yā taṇhā ye ca upāyūpādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā tesaṁ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā vimuttaṁ me cittanti pajānāmi.  
mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness.  

mn114attamano manosamācārampāhaṁ manosamācāran’ti manosamācāraṁ manosamācāro manoviññeyyaṁ manoviññeyyo27Pi En Ru dhamma

Manosamācārampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duvidhena vadāmi—  I say that there are two kinds of mental behavior:  
tañca aññamaññaṁ manosamācāraṁ.  
And each of these is a kind of behavior.  
‘Manosamācārampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duvidhena vadāmi— 
‘I say that there are two kinds of mental behavior:  
tañca aññamaññaṁ manosamācāran’ti— 
And each of these is a kind of mental behavior.’  
Yathārūpaṁ, bhante, manosamācāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti evarūpo manosamācāro na sevitabbo;  
You should not cultivate the kind of mental behavior which causes unskillful qualities to grow while skillful qualities decline.  
yathārūpañca kho, bhante, manosamācāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti evarūpo manosamācāro sevitabbo.  
And you should cultivate the kind of mental behavior which causes unskillful qualities to decline while skillful qualities grow.  
Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhante, manosamācāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti?  
And what kind of mental behavior causes unskillful qualities to grow while skillful qualities decline?  
evarūpaṁ, bhante, manosamācāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti.  
That kind of mental behavior causes unskillful qualities to grow while skillful qualities decline.  
Kathaṁrūpaṁ, bhante, manosamācāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti?  
And what kind of mental behavior causes unskillful qualities to decline while skillful qualities grow?  
evarūpaṁ, bhante, manosamācāraṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti.  
That kind of mental behavior causes unskillful qualities to decline while skillful qualities grow.  
‘Manosamācārampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duvidhena vadāmi— 
‘I say that there are two kinds of mental behavior:  
tañca aññamaññaṁ manosamācāran’ti— 
And each of these is a kind of mental behavior.’  
manosamācārampāhaṁ, bhikkhave, duvidhena vadāmi …pe…  
 
manoviññeyyaṁ dhammampāhaṁ, sāriputta, duvidhena vadāmi— 
two kinds of idea known by the mind:  
‘Manoviññeyyaṁ dhammampāhaṁ, sāriputta, duvidhena vadāmi— 
two kinds of idea known by the mind:  
Yathārūpaṁ, bhante, manoviññeyyaṁ dhammaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo na sevitabbo;  
You should not cultivate the kind of idea known by the mind which causes unskillful qualities to grow while skillful qualities decline.  
yathārūpañca kho, bhante, manoviññeyyaṁ dhammaṁ sevato akusalā dhammā parihāyanti, kusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo sevitabbo.  
And you should cultivate the kind of idea known by the mind which causes unskillful qualities to decline while skillful qualities grow.  
‘Manoviññeyyaṁ dhammampāhaṁ, sāriputta, duvidhena vadāmi— 
‘I say that there are two kinds of idea known by the mind:  
Manoviññeyyaṁ dhammampāhaṁ, sāriputta …pe…  
 
evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo na sevitabbo …  
 
evarūpo manoviññeyyo dhammo sevitabbo.  
 
‘Manoviññeyyaṁ dhammampāhaṁ, sāriputta, duvidhena vadāmi— 
 
Attamano āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Sāriputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn115attamano mano manodhātu manoduccaritasamaṅgī manoduccaritassa manosucaritasamaṅgī manosucaritassa manoviññāṇadhātu12Pi En Ru dhamma

manodhātu, dhammadhātu, manoviññāṇadhātu.   the mind, ideas, and mind consciousness.  
cakkhu ceva rūpā ca sotañca saddā ca ghānañca gandhā ca jivhā ca rasā ca kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca mano ca dhammā ca.  
the eye and sights, the ear and sounds, the nose and smells, the tongue and tastes, the body and touches, and the mind and ideas.  
yaṁ manoduccaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;  
 
yaṁ manoduccaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatīti pajānāti.  
 
yaṁ manosucaritassa aniṭṭho akanto amanāpo vipāko nibbatteyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;  
 
yaṁ manosucaritassa iṭṭho kanto manāpo vipāko nibbatteyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.  
 
yaṁ manoduccaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;  
 
yaṁ manoduccaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.  
 
yaṁ manosucaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapajjeyya, netaṁ ṭhānaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti;  
 
yaṁ manosucaritasamaṅgī taṁnidānā tappaccayā kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapajjeyya, ṭhānametaṁ vijjatī’ti pajānāti.  
 
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn116manomayo1Pi En Ru dhamma

Manomayo mānacchido ca bandhumā,   Manomaya, and Bandhumant the cutter of conceit,  

mn121attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn122attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn125attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano aciravato samaṇuddeso bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, the novice Aciravata was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn126attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā bhūmijo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Bhūmija was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn128attamano manokammaṁ tenattamano4Pi En Ru dhamma

Careyya tenattamano satīmā.   wander with them, joyful and mindful.  
mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ āvi ceva raho ca.  
 
mettaṁ manokammaṁ paccupaṭṭhitaṁ āvi ceva raho ca.  
 
Attamano āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Anuruddha was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn130manoduccaritena manosucaritena5Pi En Ru dhamma

evameva kho ahaṁ, bhikkhave, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā manussesu upapannā. Ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā pettivisayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā tiracchānayoniṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā’ti.   In the same way, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds: ‘These dear beings did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm, or among humans. These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in the ghost realm, the animal realm, or in a lower realm, a bad destination, a world of misery, hell.’  

mn132attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn133mano6Pi En Ru dhamma

iti me mano ahosi atītamaddhānaṁ iti dhammāti—  such a mind and such ideas.’  
iti me mano ahosi atītamaddhānaṁ iti dhammāti— 
such a mind and such ideas.’  
iti me mano siyā anāgatamaddhānaṁ iti dhammāti— 
such a mind and such ideas in the future.’  
iti me mano siyā anāgatamaddhānaṁ iti dhammāti— 
such a mind and such ideas in the future.’  
yo cāvuso, mano ye ca dhammā— 
mind and ideas  
yo cāvuso, mano ye ca dhammā— 
mind and ideas  

mn134attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā lomasakaṅgiyo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Lomasakaṅgiya was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn136attamano manokammameva3Pi En Ru dhamma

‘moghaṁ kāyakammaṁ moghaṁ vacīkammaṁ, manokammameva saccan’ti.   ‘Deeds by way of body and speech are done in vain. Only mental deeds are real.’  
‘moghaṁ kāyakammaṁ moghaṁ vacīkammaṁ, manokammameva saccan’ti.  
 
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn137anattamano attamano manopavicārā manoramānaṁ manosamphasso manoviññeyyānaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ13Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni veditabbāni, cha bāhirāni āyatanāni veditabbāni, cha viññāṇakāyā veditabbā, cha phassakāyā veditabbā, aṭṭhārasa manopavicārā veditabbā, chattiṁsa sattapadā veditabbā, tatra idaṁ nissāya idaṁ pajahatha, tayo satipaṭṭhānā yadariyo sevati yadariyo sevamāno satthā gaṇamanusāsitumarahati, so vuccati yoggācariyānaṁ anuttaro purisadammasārathī’ti—  “‘The six interior sense fields should be understood. The six exterior sense fields should be understood. The six classes of consciousness should be understood. The six classes of contact should be understood. The eighteen mental preoccupations should be understood. The thirty-six positions of sentient beings should be understood. Therein, relying on this, give up that. The Noble One cultivates the establishment of mindfulness in three cases, by virtue of which they are a Teacher worthy to instruct a group. Of all meditation teachers, it is he that is called the supreme guide for those who wish to train.’  
‘Cakkhuviññāṇaṁ sotaviññāṇaṁ ghānaviññāṇaṁ jivhāviññāṇaṁ kāyaviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ— 
There are eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind consciousness.  
‘Cakkhusamphasso sotasamphasso ghānasamphasso jivhāsamphasso kāyasamphasso manosamphasso— 
There is contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
‘Aṭṭhārasa manopavicārā veditabbā’ti— 
‘The eighteen mental preoccupations should be understood.’  
Iti cha somanassūpavicārā, cha domanassūpavicārā, cha upekkhūpavicārā, aṭṭhārasa manopavicārā veditabbā’ti— 
So there are six preoccupations with happiness, six preoccupations with sadness, and six preoccupations with equanimity. ‘The eighteen mental preoccupations should be understood.’  
Cakkhuviññeyyānaṁ rūpānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ manoramānaṁ lokāmisapaṭisaṁyuttānaṁ paṭilābhaṁ vā paṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā paṭiladdhapubbaṁ atītaṁ niruddhaṁ vipariṇataṁ samanussarato uppajjati somanassaṁ.  
There are sights known by the eye that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasing, connected with the worldly pleasures of the flesh. Happiness arises when you regard it as a gain to obtain such sights, or when you recollect sights you formerly obtained that have passed, ceased, and perished.  
manoviññeyyānaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ …pe… somanassaṁ.  
Ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasing, connected with the world’s material delights. Happiness arises when you regard it as a gain to obtain such ideas, or when you recollect ideas you formerly obtained that have passed, ceased, and perished.  
manoviññeyyānaṁ dhammānaṁ iṭṭhānaṁ kantānaṁ manāpānaṁ manoramānaṁ lokāmisapaṭisaṁyuttānaṁ appaṭilābhaṁ vā appaṭilābhato samanupassato pubbe vā appaṭiladdhapubbaṁ atītaṁ niruddhaṁ vipariṇataṁ samanussarato uppajjati domanassaṁ.  
There are ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasing, connected with the worldly pleasures of the flesh. Sadness arises when you regard it as a loss to lose such ideas, or when you recollect ideas you formerly lost that have passed, ceased, and perished.  
Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato na ceva anattamano hoti, na ca anattamanataṁ paṭisaṁvedeti, anavassuto ca viharati sato sampajāno.  
In this case the Realized One is not unhappy, he does not feel unhappiness. He remains unaffected, mindful and aware.  
Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato na ceva anattamano hoti, na ca anattamanataṁ paṭisaṁvedeti;  
In this case the Realized One is not unhappy,  
na ca attamano hoti, na ca attamanataṁ paṭisaṁvedeti.  
nor is he happy.  
Tatra, bhikkhave, tathāgato attamano ceva hoti, attamanatañca paṭisaṁvedeti, anavassuto ca viharati sato sampajāno.  
In this case the Realized One is happy, he does feel happiness. He remains unaffected, mindful and aware.  

mn140manopavicāro manosamphassāyatanaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“‘Cha dhāturo ayaṁ, bhikkhu, puriso cha phassāyatano aṭṭhārasa manopavicāro caturādhiṭṭhāno;   “‘This person has six elements, six fields of contact, eighteen mental preoccupations, and four foundations.  
Cakkhusamphassāyatanaṁ, sotasamphassāyatanaṁ, ghānasamphassāyatanaṁ, jivhāsamphassāyatanaṁ, kāyasamphassāyatanaṁ, manosamphassāyatanaṁ.  
The fields of contact of the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
‘Aṭṭhārasa manopavicāro ayaṁ, bhikkhu, puriso’ti— 
‘This person has eighteen mental preoccupations.’  
‘Aṭṭhārasa manopavicāro ayaṁ, bhikkhu, puriso’ti— 
‘This person has eighteen mental preoccupations.’  

mn141manosamphassajaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ kho, āvuso, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ cetasikaṁ asātaṁ manosamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ,   Mental pain, mental displeasure, the painful, unpleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  

mn143attamano manobhāvanīyā manonissitaṁ manosamphassajaṁ manosamphassajāvedanānissitaṁ manosamphassanissitaṁ manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇanissitaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ9Pi En Ru dhamma

‘na manaṁ upādiyissāmi, na ca me manonissitaṁ viññāṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti.   ‘I shall not grasp the mind, and there shall be no consciousness of mine dependent on the mind.’  
na manoviññāṇaṁ upādiyissāmi, na ca me manoviññāṇanissitaṁ viññāṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti.  
mind consciousness, and there shall be no consciousness of mine dependent on mind consciousness.’  
na manosamphassaṁ upādiyissāmi, na ca me manosamphassanissitaṁ viññāṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti.  
mind contact, and there shall be no consciousness of mine dependent on mind contact.’  
na manosamphassajaṁ vedanaṁ upādiyissāmi, na ca me manosamphassajāvedanānissitaṁ viññāṇaṁ bhavissatī’ti.  
feeling born of mind contact, and there shall be no consciousness of mine dependent on the feeling born of mind contact.’  
api ca me dīgharattaṁ satthā payirupāsito manobhāvanīyā ca bhikkhū;  
But for a long time I have paid homage to the Buddha and the esteemed mendicants.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn144attamano manoviññāṇaviññātabbe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇe13Pi En Ru dhamma

manaṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?   mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?”  
manaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’.”  
manasmiṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṁ disvā kiṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?  
 
manasmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṁ disvā nirodhaṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
 
Attamano āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Sāriputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn145manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

mn146mano manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

“mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   mind permanent or impermanent?”  
“manoviññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
mind consciousness permanent or impermanent?”  
mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?  
 
manoviññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
 

mn147attamano mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasse manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇe8Pi En Ru dhamma

mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   mind permanent or impermanent?”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi rāhula, manoviññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
“What do you think, Rāhula? Is mind consciousness permanent or impermanent?”  
“Taṁ kiṁ maññasi rāhula, manosamphasso nicco vā anicco vā”ti?  
“What do you think, Rāhula? Is mind contact permanent or impermanent?”  
yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ, tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
Anything included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
manasmiṁ nibbindati, dhammesu nibbindati, manoviññāṇe nibbindati, manosamphasse nibbindati, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ tasmimpi nibbindati.  
mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact. And they grow disillusioned with anything included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness that arises conditioned by mind contact.  
Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said.  

mn148mano manosamphassassa manosamphassaṁ manosamphasse manosamphasso manoviññāṇassa manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇe33Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact. Contact is a condition for feeling.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact. Contact is a condition for feeling. Feeling is a condition for craving.  
‘mano attā’ti yo vadeyya taṁ na upapajjati.  
‘the mind is self,’ that is not tenable.  
‘mano attā’ti yo vadeyya.  
the mind is self.  
Iti mano anattā.  
So the mind is not self.  
Iti mano anattā, dhammā anattā.  
 
‘Manoviññāṇaṁ attā’ti yo vadeyya taṁ na upapajjati.  
‘mind consciousness is self’ …  
Manoviññāṇassa uppādopi vayopi paññāyati.  
 
‘manoviññāṇaṁ attā’ti yo vadeyya.  
 
Iti mano anattā, dhammā anattā, manoviññāṇaṁ anattā.  
 
‘Manosamphasso attā’ti yo vadeyya taṁ na upapajjati.  
‘mind contact is self’ …  
Manosamphassassa uppādopi vayopi paññāyati.  
 
‘manosamphasso attā’ti yo vadeyya.  
 
Iti mano anattā, dhammā anattā, manoviññāṇaṁ anattā, manosamphasso anattā.  
 
Iti mano anattā, dhammā anattā, manoviññāṇaṁ anattā, manosamphasso anattā, vedanā anattā.  
 
Iti mano anattā, dhammā anattā, manoviññāṇaṁ anattā, manosamphasso anattā, vedanā anattā, taṇhā anattā.  
So the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, mind contact, feeling, and craving are not self.  
manaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, manoviññāṇaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, manosamphassaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, vedanaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, taṇhaṁ ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati.  
mind … ideas … mind consciousness … mind contact … feeling … craving like this: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self.’  
Manoviññāṇaṁ ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati.  
mind consciousness …  
Manosamphassaṁ ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassati.  
mind contact …  
manañca, bhikkhave, paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ, tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact. Contact is a condition for the arising of what is felt as pleasant, painful, or neutral.  
“Manañca, bhikkhave, paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso, phassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact. Contact is a condition for what is felt as pleasant, painful, or neutral.  
manasmiṁ nibbindati, dhammesu nibbindati, manoviññāṇe nibbindati, manosamphasse nibbindati, vedanāya nibbindati, taṇhāya nibbindati.  
mind, ideas, mind consciousness, mind contact, feeling, and craving.  

mn149manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manosamphasse manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇe12Pi En Ru dhamma

manaṁ, bhikkhave, ajānaṁ apassaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, dhamme, bhikkhave, ajānaṁ apassaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ, bhikkhave, ajānaṁ apassaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, manosamphassaṁ, bhikkhave, ajānaṁ apassaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ajānaṁ apassaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, manasmiṁ sārajjati, dhammesu sārajjati, manoviññāṇe sārajjati, manosamphasse sārajjati, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi sārajjati.   mind, ideas, mind consciousness, mind contact, and what is felt as pleasant, painful, or neutral that arises conditioned by mind contact, you’re aroused by these things.  
manaṁ, bhikkhave, jānaṁ passaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, dhamme jānaṁ passaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, manosamphassaṁ jānaṁ passaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi jānaṁ passaṁ yathābhūtaṁ, manasmiṁ na sārajjati, dhammesu na sārajjati, manoviññāṇe na sārajjati, manosamphasse na sārajjati, yamidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi na sārajjati.  
mind, ideas, mind consciousness, mind contact, and what is felt as pleasant, painful, or neutral that arises conditioned by mind contact, you are not aroused by these things. …  

mn150manoviññeyyesu4Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññeyyesu dhammesu avītarāgā avītadosā avītamohā, ajjhattaṁ avūpasantacittā, samavisamaṁ caranti kāyena vācāya manasā, evarūpā samaṇabrāhmaṇā na sakkātabbā na garukātabbā na mānetabbā na pūjetabbā.   ideas known by the mind, who are not peaceful inside, and who conduct themselves badly among the good by way of body, speech, and mind. They don’t deserve honor, respect, reverence, and veneration.  
Mayampi hi manoviññeyyesu dhammesu avītarāgā avītadosā avītamohā, ajjhattaṁ avūpasantacittā, samavisamaṁ carāma kāyena vācāya manasā, tesaṁ no samacariyampi hetaṁ uttari apassataṁ.  
Because we ourselves are not free of these things, so we do not see that they have any higher good conduct than us.  
manoviññeyyesu dhammesu vītarāgā vītadosā vītamohā, ajjhattaṁ vūpasantacittā, samacariyaṁ caranti kāyena vācāya manasā, evarūpā samaṇabrāhmaṇā sakkātabbā garukātabbā mānetabbā pūjetabbā.  
ideas known by the mind, who are peaceful inside, and who conduct themselves well by way of body, speech, and mind. They deserve honor, respect, reverence, and veneration.  
Mayampi hi manoviññeyyesu dhammesu avītarāgā avītadosā avītamohā ajjhattaṁ avūpasantacittā, samavisamaṁ carāma kāyena vācāya manasā, tesaṁ no samacariyampi hetaṁ uttari passataṁ.  
Because we ourselves are not free of these things, but we see that they have a higher good conduct than us.  

mn151attamano manoviññeyyesu4Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññeyyesu dhammesu chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paṭighaṁ vāpi cetaso’ti?   ideas known by the mind?’  
‘yena cāhaṁ maggena gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ, yasmiñca padese piṇḍāya acariṁ, yena ca maggena gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamiṁ, atthi me tattha manoviññeyyesu dhammesu chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paṭighaṁ vāpi cetaso’ti, tena, sāriputta, bhikkhunā tesaṁyeva pāpakānaṁ akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya vāyamitabbaṁ.  
there was such desire or greed or hate or delusion or repulsion in their heart, they should make an effort to give up those unskillful qualities.  
‘yena cāhaṁ maggena gāmaṁ piṇḍāya pāvisiṁ, yasmiñca padese piṇḍāya acariṁ, yena ca maggena gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamiṁ, natthi me tattha manoviññeyyesu dhammesu chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paṭighaṁ vāpi cetaso’ti, tena, sāriputta, bhikkhunā teneva pītipāmojjena vihātabbaṁ ahorattānusikkhinā kusalesu dhammesu.  
there was no such desire or greed or hate or delusion or repulsion in their heart, they should meditate with rapture and joy, training day and night in skillful qualities.  
Attamano āyasmā sāriputto bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Sāriputta was happy with what the Buddha said. 

mn152attamano manoviññeyyesu2Pi En Ru dhamma

ayaṁ vuccatānanda, ariyassa vinaye anuttarā indriyabhāvanā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu.   In the training of the Noble One this is called the supreme development of the faculties regarding ideas known by the mind.  
Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn1.17manovitakke1Pi En Ru dhamma

Samodahaṁ bhikkhu manovitakke;   as a tortoise draws its limbs into its shell.  

sn1.24mano manonivāraṇasutta6Pi En Ru dhamma

Manonivāraṇasutta   Shielding the Mind  
“Yato yato mano nivāraye,  
“Whatever you’ve shielded the mind from  
Sa sabbato mano nivāraye,  
So you should shield the mind from everything,  
“Na sabbato mano nivāraye,  
“You needn’t shield the mind from everything.  
Na mano saṁyatattamāgataṁ;  
When the mind is under control,  
Tato tato mano nivāraye”ti. 
from where the bad things come.” 

sn1.30manochaṭṭhā manonivāraṇā2Pi En Ru dhamma

manochaṭṭhā paveditā;   and the mind is said to be the sixth.  
jaṭā manonivāraṇā;  
 

sn1.58sinānamanodakan’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

kiṁ sinānamanodakan”ti.   What’s the waterless bath?”  
Taṁ sinānamanodakan”ti. 
are the waterless bath.” 

sn1.76sinānamanodakaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

kiṁ sinānamanodakaṁ.   What’s the waterless bath?  
Taṁ sinānamanodakaṁ.  
are the waterless bath.  

sn2.6mano’ti1Pi En Ru dhamma

Bhāvanāya rato mano”ti.   day and night.”  

sn2.17mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

niccaṁ ubbiggamidaṁ mano;   this mind is always stressed  

sn2.22sumano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yassa patīto sumano,   that gladdens and cheers,  

sn3.12attamano5Pi En Ru dhamma

Yehi ca yo rūpehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, so tehi rūpehi aññaṁ rūpaṁ uttaritaraṁ vā paṇītataraṁ vā na pattheti.   When you’re happy with certain sights, as you’ve got all you wished for, you don’t want any other sight that’s better or finer.  
Yehi ca yo saddehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, so tehi saddehi aññaṁ saddaṁ uttaritaraṁ vā paṇītataraṁ vā na pattheti.  
 
Yehi ca yo gandhehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, so tehi gandhehi aññaṁ gandhaṁ uttaritaraṁ vā paṇītataraṁ vā na pattheti.  
 
Yehi ca yo rasehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, so tehi rasehi aññaṁ rasaṁ uttaritaraṁ vā paṇītataraṁ vā na pattheti.  
 
Yehi ca yo phoṭṭhabbehi attamano hoti paripuṇṇasaṅkappo, so tehi phoṭṭhabbehi aññaṁ phoṭṭhabbaṁ uttaritaraṁ vā paṇītataraṁ vā na pattheti.  
When you’re happy with certain touches, as you’ve got all you wished for, you don’t want any other touch that’s better or finer.  

sn3.16anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, rājā pasenadi kosalo anattamano ahosi.   When this was said, King Pasenadi was disappointed.  

sn4.1dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti, dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.2dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.6dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.8dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.10dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.   Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there.  

sn4.11dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.12dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.13dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.14dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.15dummano manoramā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā;   and touches so delightful:  
Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti. 
Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.18dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.19mano manosamphassaviññāṇāyatanaṁ7Pi En Ru dhamma

mameva, samaṇa, mano, mama dhammā, mama manosamphassaviññāṇāyatanaṁ.   mind, mine are ideas, mine is the field of mind contact consciousness.  
taveva, pāpima, mano, tava dhammā, tava manosamphassaviññāṇāyatanaṁ.  
mind, yours are ideas, yours is the field of mind contact consciousness.  
Yattha ca kho, pāpima, natthi mano, natthi dhammā, natthi manosamphassaviññāṇāyatanaṁ, agati tava tattha, pāpimā”ti.  
Where there is no mind, no ideas, no mind contact consciousness—you have no place there, Wicked One!”  
Ettha ce te mano atthi,  
if your mind remains there,  

sn4.20dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ bhagavā, jānāti maṁ sugato”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.   Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The Buddha knows me! The Holy One knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there.  

sn4.22dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ samiddhi bhikkhū”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The mendicant Samiddhi knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn4.23dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tato so dummano yakkho,   that spirit, downcast,  

sn4.24mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Ettha ce te mano atthi,   if your mind remains there,  

sn4.25dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Kenāsi dummano tāta,   “Why so downhearted, dad?  

sn5.1dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ āḷavikā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Āḷavikā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.2dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ somā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Somā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.3dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ kisāgotamī bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Kisāgotamī knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.4dummano manoramā2Pi En Ru dhamma

phoṭṭhabbā ca manoramā;   and touches so delightful.  
Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ vijayā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti. 
Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Vijayā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.5dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ uppalavaṇṇā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Uppalavaṇṇā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.6dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ cālā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Cālā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.7dummano mano’ti2Pi En Ru dhamma

tattha me nirato mano”ti.   and not frequented by ordinary people.”  
Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ upacālā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti. 
Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Upacālā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.8dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ sīsupacālā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Sīsupacālā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.9dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ selā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.  Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Selā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there. 

sn5.10dummano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho māro pāpimā “jānāti maṁ vajirā bhikkhunī”ti dukkhī dummano tatthevantaradhāyīti.   Then Māra the Wicked, thinking, “The nun Vajirā knows me!” miserable and sad, vanished right there.  

sn6.5attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano ca so brahmā tassa brahmapārisajjassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  Satisfied, that Brahmā was happy with what the member of his retinue said. 

sn6.13mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

puññabhāgāti me mano;   who I think have shared in merit— 

sn7.1anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṁ sammodi.   Then the brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan, angry and upset, went to the Buddha and exchanged greetings with him.  

sn7.2anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhāradvājagotto kira brāhmaṇo samaṇassa gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati. Evaṁ vutte, bhagavā akkosakabhāradvājaṁ brāhmaṇaṁ etadavoca:   a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the presence of the ascetic Gotama. Angry and displeased he went to the Buddha and abused and insulted him with rude, harsh words. When he had spoken, the Buddha said to him:  

sn7.3anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhāradvājagotto brāhmaṇo kira samaṇassa gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati.   a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the presence of the ascetic Gotama. Angry and displeased he went to the Buddha and abused and insulted him with rude, harsh words.  

sn7.4anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“bhāradvājagotto kira brāhmaṇo samaṇassa gotamassa santike agārasmā anagāriyaṁ pabbajito”ti kupito anattamano yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā tuṇhībhūto ekamantaṁ aṭṭhāsi.   a brahmin of the Bhāradvāja clan had gone forth from the lay life to homelessness in the presence of the ascetic Gotama. Angry and displeased he went to the Buddha and stood silently to one side.  

sn7.11mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Hirī īsā mano yottaṁ,   Conscience is my pole, mind my strap,  

sn7.18pītimano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yadekako pītimano vane vase.   that you dwell so joyfully alone in the jungle.  

sn8.1mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

tattha me nirato mano.   that’s what delights my mind.  

sn9.1mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha te mano niccharatī bahiddhā;   yet your mind strays to outward things.  

sn10.3manovitakkā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Kuto samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā,   Where do the mind’s thoughts originate,  
Ito samuṭṭhāya manovitakkā,  
here’s where the mind’s thoughts originate,  

sn10.4mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

ahiṁsāya rato mano;   all day and all night,  

sn12.2manosamphassajā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.   Feeling born of contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso.  
Contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, sotaviññāṇaṁ, ghānaviññāṇaṁ, jivhāviññāṇaṁ, kāyaviññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ.  
Eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind consciousness.  

sn12.10koṇāgamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Kakusandho koṇāgamano kassapo,   " 

sn12.11manosañcetanā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.   Solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  

sn12.12manosañcetanā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.   Solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  

sn12.25mano manosañcetanāhetu manosaṅkhāraṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Mane vā hānanda, sati manosañcetanāhetu uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ avijjāpaccayā ca.   As long as there’s a mind, the intention that gives rise to mental action causes pleasure and pain to arise in oneself. But these only apply when conditioned by ignorance.  
Sāmaṁ vā taṁ, ānanda, manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ.  
 
Pare vā taṁ, ānanda, manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharonti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ.  
 
asampajāno vā taṁ, ānanda, manosaṅkhāraṁ abhisaṅkharoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ.  
 
Avijjāya tveva, ānanda, asesavirāganirodhā so kāyo na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. Sā vācā na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ. So mano na hoti yaṁpaccayāssa taṁ uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhadukkhaṁ.  
But when ignorance fades away and ceases with nothing left over, there is no body and no voice and no mind, conditioned by which that pleasure and pain arise in oneself.  

sn12.43manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  

sn12.44manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  

sn12.45manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  

sn12.61mano3Pi En Ru dhamma

Yañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṁ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṁ itipi, tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṁ nibbindituṁ nālaṁ virajjituṁ nālaṁ vimuccituṁ.   But when it comes to that which is called ‘mind’ and also ‘sentience’ and also ‘consciousness’, an unlearned ordinary person is unable to become disillusioned, dispassionate, or freed.  
Yañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṁ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṁ itipi, taṁ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññadeva uppajjati aññaṁ nirujjhati.  
But that which is called ‘mind’ and also ‘sentience’ and also ‘consciousness’ arises as one thing and ceases as another all day and all night.  
evameva kho, bhikkhave, yamidaṁ vuccati cittaṁ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṁ itipi, taṁ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññadeva uppajjati aññaṁ nirujjhati.  
In the same way, that which is called ‘mind’ and also ‘sentience’ and also ‘consciousness’ arises as one thing and ceases as another all day and all night.  

sn12.62mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṁ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṁ itipi, tatrāssutavā puthujjano nālaṁ nibbindituṁ nālaṁ virajjituṁ nālaṁ vimuccituṁ.   But when it comes to that which is called ‘mind’ and also ‘sentience’ and also ‘consciousness’, an unlearned ordinary person is unable to become disillusioned, dispassionate, or freed.  
Yañca kho etaṁ, bhikkhave, vuccati cittaṁ itipi, mano itipi, viññāṇaṁ itipi, taṁ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññadeva uppajjati aññaṁ nirujjhati.  
But that which is called ‘mind’ and also ‘sentience’ and also ‘consciousness’ arises as one thing and ceases as another all day and all night.  

sn12.63manosañcetanā manosañcetanāhāro manosañcetanāya4Pi En Ru dhamma

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.   Solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  
Kathañca, bhikkhave, manosañcetanāhāro daṭṭhabbo?  
And how should you regard mental intention as fuel?  
Evameva khvāhaṁ, bhikkhave, ‘manosañcetanāhāro daṭṭhabbo’ti vadāmi.  
I say that this is how you should regard mental intention as fuel.  
Manosañcetanāya, bhikkhave, āhāre pariññāte tisso taṇhā pariññātā honti.  
When mental intention as fuel is completely understood, the three cravings are completely understood.  

sn12.64manosañcetanā manosañcetanāya5Pi En Ru dhamma

Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṁ catutthaṁ.   Solid food, whether coarse or fine; contact is the second, mental intention the third, and consciousness the fourth.  
manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre …  
If there is desire, relishing, and craving for mental intention as fuel …  
manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre …  
If there is desire, relishing, and craving for mental intention as fuel …  
manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre …  
If there is no desire, relishing, and craving for mental intention as fuel …  
manosañcetanāya ce, bhikkhave, āhāre …  
If there is no desire, relishing, and craving for mental intention as fuel …  

sn12.66mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano loke piyarūpaṁ sātarūpaṁ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjati ettha nivisamānā nivisati.   mind in the world seems nice and pleasant, and it is there that craving arises and settles.’  

sn12.70manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

“Api pana tumhe āyasmanto evaṁ jānantā evaṁ passantā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passatha cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānātha: ‘ime vata bhonto sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā, te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā; ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā, ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti, iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passatha cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāthā”ti?   “Well, knowing and seeing thus, do you, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place—and understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds? ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, do you see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. And do you understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds?”  

sn14.1manodhātu manoviññāṇadhātu2Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhudhātu rūpadhātu cakkhuviññāṇadhātu, sotadhātu saddadhātu sotaviññāṇadhātu, ghānadhātu gandhadhātu ghānaviññāṇadhātu, jivhādhātu rasadhātu jivhāviññāṇadhātu, kāyadhātu phoṭṭhabbadhātu kāyaviññāṇadhātu, manodhātu dhammadhātu manoviññāṇadhātu—  The eye element, sight element, and eye consciousness element. The ear element, sound element, and ear consciousness element. The nose element, smell element, and nose consciousness element. The tongue element, taste element, and tongue consciousness element. The body element, touch element, and body consciousness element. The mind element, idea element, and mind consciousness element.  

sn14.2manodhātu manodhātuṁ manosamphasso3Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhudhātu sotadhātu ghānadhātu jivhādhātu kāyadhātu manodhātu—  The eye element, ear element, nose element, tongue element, body element, and mind element.  
manodhātuṁ paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso.  
The mind element gives rise to mind contact.  

sn14.3manodhātu manodhātuṁ manosamphassaṁ manosamphasso5Pi En Ru dhamma

manodhātu—   
manodhātuṁ paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso, no manosamphassaṁ paṭicca uppajjati manodhātu.  
The mind element gives rise to mind contact. Mind contact doesn’t give rise to the mind element.  

sn14.4manodhātu manodhātuṁ manosamphassajā manosamphassaṁ manosamphasso5Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhudhātu …pe… manodhātu—  The eye element, ear element, nose element, tongue element, body element, and mind element.  
manodhātuṁ paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso, manosamphassaṁ paṭicca uppajjati manosamphassajā vedanā.  
The mind element gives rise to mind contact. Mind contact gives rise to the feeling born of mind contact.  

sn14.5manodhātu manodhātuṁ manosamphassajaṁ manosamphassajā manosamphassaṁ manosamphasso9Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhudhātu …pe… manodhātu—  The eye element, ear element, nose element, tongue element, body element, and mind element.  
manodhātuṁ paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso, manosamphassaṁ paṭicca uppajjati manosamphassajā vedanā, no manosamphassajaṁ vedanaṁ paṭicca uppajjati manosamphasso, no manosamphassaṁ paṭicca uppajjati manodhātu.  
The mind element gives rise to mind contact. Mind contact gives rise to feeling born of mind contact. Feeling born of mind contact doesn’t give rise to mind contact. Mind contact doesn’t give rise to the mind element.  

sn15.20koṇāgamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tena kho pana, bhikkhave, samayena koṇāgamano bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho loke uppanno hoti.   At that time Koṇāgamana, the Blessed One, the perfected one, the fully awakened Buddha arose in the world.  

sn16.3attamano sumano8Pi En Ru dhamma

yathāsakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano, evaṁ paresaṁ lābhena attamano hoti sumano;   They’re just as pleased and happy when others get something as they are when they get something.  
yathāsakena lābhena attamano hoti sumano;  
He’s just as pleased and happy when others get something as he is when he gets something.  
evaṁ paresaṁ lābhena attamano hoti sumano.  
 

sn16.9manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ahaṁ, bhikkhave, yāvade ākaṅkhāmi dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi: ‘ime vata, bhonto, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā, ime vā pana, bhonto, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi.   Whenever I want, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, I see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. I understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

sn18.1mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   “Is the mind permanent or impermanent?”  

sn18.3manoviññāṇasmimpi manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?   Is mind consciousness permanent or impermanent?”  
“evaṁ passaṁ, rāhula, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhuviññāṇasmimpi nibbindati …pe… sotaviññāṇasmimpi nibbindati … ghānaviññāṇasmimpi nibbindati … jivhāviññāṇasmimpi nibbindati … kāyaviññāṇasmimpi nibbindati … manoviññāṇasmimpi nibbindati;  
“Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with eye consciousness, ear consciousness, nose consciousness, tongue consciousness, body consciousness, and mind consciousness.  

sn18.4manosamphassasmimpi manosamphasso2Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphasso nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   Is mind contact permanent or impermanent?”  
“evaṁ passaṁ, rāhula, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusamphassasmimpi nibbindati …pe… sotasamphassasmimpi nibbindati … ghānasamphassasmimpi nibbindati … jivhāsamphassasmimpi nibbindati … kāyasamphassasmimpi nibbindati … manosamphassasmimpi nibbindati;  
“Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with eye contact, ear contact, nose contact, tongue contact, body contact, and mind contact.  

sn18.5manosamphassajā manosamphassajāya2Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphassajā vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā”ti?   Is feeling born of mind contact permanent or impermanent?”  
“evaṁ passaṁ, rāhula, sutavā ariyasāvako cakkhusamphassajāya vedanāyapi nibbindati …pe… sota … ghāna … jivhā … kāya … manosamphassajāya vedanāyapi nibbindati …pe…  
“Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with feeling born of eye contact, ear contact, nose contact, tongue contact, body contact, and mind contact. …”  

sn18.11mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   Is the mind permanent or impermanent?”  

sn18.12-20manosamphassajā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ ….   mind consciousness …”  
manosamphasso ….  
mind contact …”  
manosamphassajā vedanā ….  
feeling born of mind contact …”  

sn21.9dummano2Pi En Ru dhamma

Atha kho āyasmā tisso bhagavato pitucchāputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṁ abhivādetvā ekamantaṁ nisīdi dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṁ tissaṁ etadavoca:   Then Venerable Tissa—the Buddha’s cousin on his father’s side—went to the Buddha, bowed, and sat down to one side. He was miserable and sad, with tears flowing. Then the Buddha said to him:  
“kiṁ nu kho tvaṁ, tissa, ekamantaṁ nisinno dukkhī dummano assūni pavattayamāno”ti?  
“Tissa, why are you sitting there so miserable and sad, with tears flowing?”  

sn22.1attamano manobhāvanīyānañca3Pi En Ru dhamma

Aniccadassāvī kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato manobhāvanīyānañca bhikkhūnaṁ.   I hardly ever get to see the esteemed mendicants.  
Aniccadassāvī kho panāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavato manobhāvanīyānañca bhikkhūnaṁ.  
 
Attamano nakulapitā gahapati āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.  
Satisfied, Nakula’s father was happy with what Sāriputta said. 

sn22.47mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Atthi, bhikkhave, mano, atthi dhammā, atthi avijjādhātu.   The mind, ideas, and the element of ignorance are all present.  

sn22.56manosamphassajā manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.   feeling born of contact through the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.  
cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, sotaviññāṇaṁ, ghānaviññāṇaṁ, jivhāviññāṇaṁ, kāyaviññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ.  
eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind consciousness.  

sn22.57manosamphassajā manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphassajā vedanā.   feeling born of mind contact.  
cakkhuviññāṇaṁ, sotaviññāṇaṁ, ghānaviññāṇaṁ, jivhāviññāṇaṁ, kāyaviññāṇaṁ, manoviññāṇaṁ.  
eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind consciousness.  

sn22.84attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā tisso bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Tissa was happy with what the Buddha said. 

sn25.1mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī.   and mind are impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  

sn25.3manoviññāṇaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ aniccaṁ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi.   and mind consciousness are impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  

sn25.4manosamphasso1Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphasso anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī.   and mind contact are impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  

sn25.5manosamphassajā1Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphassajā vedanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī.   and feeling born of mind contact are impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  

sn26.3manoviññāṇassa2Pi En Ru dhamma

yo manoviññāṇassa uppādo ṭhiti …pe…   mind consciousness …  
yo manoviññāṇassa nirodho …pe…  
mind consciousness …  

sn26.4manosamphassassa2Pi En Ru dhamma

yo manosamphassassa uppādo ṭhiti …pe…   mind contact …  
yo manosamphassassa nirodho …pe…  
mind contact …  

sn26.5manosamphassajāya2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yo manosamphassajāya vedanāya uppādo ṭhiti …pe…   the arising of feeling born of mind contact …  
yo manosamphassajāya vedanāya nirodho vūpasamo atthaṅgamo, dukkhasseso nirodho, rogānaṁ vūpasamo, jarāmaraṇassa atthaṅgamo”ti.  
the cessation of feeling born of mind contact … is the ending of old age and death.” 

sn27.3manoviññāṇasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

yo manoviññāṇasmiṁ chandarāgo, cittasseso upakkileso.   or mind consciousness is a corruption of the mind.  

sn27.4manosamphassasmiṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

yo manosamphassasmiṁ chandarāgo, cittasseso upakkileso.   or mind contact is a corruption of the mind. …”  

sn27.5manosamphassajāya1Pi En Ru dhamma

yo manosamphassajāya vedanāya chandarāgo, cittasseso upakkileso.   or feeling born of mind contact is a defilement of the mind. …”  

sn35.1mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco.   The mind is impermanent.  

sn35.2mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho.   and mind are suffering.  

sn35.3mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattā.   and mind are not-self.  

sn35.7mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco atītānāgato;   mind of the past and future is impermanent,  

sn35.8mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho atītānāgato;    

sn35.9mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattā atītānāgato;    

sn35.13mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ mano anicco dukkho vipariṇāmadhammo, ayaṁ manassa ādīnavo.   That the mind is impermanent, suffering, and perishable: this is its drawback.  

sn35.17paṭhamanoceassādasutta2Pi En Ru dhamma

Paṭhamanoceassādasutta   If There Were No Gratification (Interior)  
Paṭhamanoceassādasutta → no cetena 1 (pts1ed)  

sn35.23mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhuñceva rūpā ca, sotañca saddā ca, ghānañca gandhā ca, jivhā ca rasā ca, kāyo ca phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano ca dhammā ca—  It’s just the eye and sights, the ear and sounds, the nose and smells, the tongue and tastes, the body and touches, and the mind and ideas.  

sn35.24mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano pahātabbo, dhammā pahātabbā, manoviññāṇaṁ pahātabbaṁ, manosamphasso pahātabbo, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi pahātabbaṁ.   mind should be given up. Ideas should be given up. Mind consciousness should be given up. Mind contact should be given up. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact should be given up.  

sn35.25mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano abhiññā pariññā pahātabbo, dhammā abhiññā pariññā pahātabbā, manoviññāṇaṁ abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṁ, manosamphasso abhiññā pariññā pahātabbo, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi abhiññā pariññā pahātabbaṁ.   mind should be given up by direct knowledge and complete understanding. Ideas should be given up by direct knowledge and complete understanding. Mind consciousness should be given up by direct knowledge and complete understanding. Mind contact should be given up by direct knowledge and complete understanding. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact should be given up by direct knowledge and complete understanding.  

sn35.26manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …pe…   mind consciousness …  
manosamphassaṁ …pe…  
mind contact …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anabhijānaṁ aparijānaṁ avirājayaṁ appajahaṁ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.  
painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact, without dispassion for it and giving it up, you can’t end suffering.  
manoviññāṇaṁ …pe…  
mind consciousness …  
manosamphassaṁ …pe…  
mind contact …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi abhijānaṁ parijānaṁ virājayaṁ pajahaṁ bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya.  
painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact, having dispassion for it and giving it up, you can end suffering.  

sn35.27mano manoviññāṇaviññātabbā manoviññāṇaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

yo ca mano, ye ca dhammā, yañca manoviññāṇaṁ, ye ca manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā—  The mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and things known by mind consciousness.  
yo ca mano, ye ca dhammā, yañca manoviññāṇaṁ, ye ca manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā— 
The mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and things known by mind consciousness.  

sn35.28mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

mano āditto, dhammā ādittā, manoviññāṇaṁ ādittaṁ, manosamphasso āditto. Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi ādittaṁ.   The mind is burning. Thoughts are burning. Mind consciousness is burning. Mind contact is burning. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also burning.  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the ear … nose … tongue … body … mind … painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.29mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

mano addhabhūto, dhammā addhabhūtā, manoviññāṇaṁ addhabhūtaṁ, manosamphasso addhabhūto, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi addhabhūtaṁ.   mind is oppressed. Ideas are oppressed. Mind consciousness is oppressed. Mind contact is oppressed. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also oppressed.  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the ear … nose … tongue … body … mind … painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.30mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassasmiṁ manosamphassato manosamphassaṁ manosamphasso manoviññāṇasmiṁ manoviññāṇato manoviññāṇaṁ10Pi En Ru dhamma

manaṁ na maññati, manasmiṁ na maññati, manato na maññati, mano meti na maññati.   mind …  
Manoviññāṇaṁ na maññati, manoviññāṇasmiṁ na maññati, manoviññāṇato na maññati, manoviññāṇaṁ meti na maññati.  
 
Manosamphassaṁ na maññati, manosamphassasmiṁ na maññati, manosamphassato na maññati, manosamphasso meti na maññati.  
 
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi na maññati, tasmimpi na maññati, tatopi na maññati, taṁ meti na maññati.  
They don’t conceive anything to be the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact. They don’t conceive it in that, they don’t conceive it as that, and they don’t conceive that ‘that is mine.’  

sn35.31mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

manaṁ na maññati, manasmiṁ na maññati, manato na maññati, mano meti na maññati.   mind …  
manoviññāṇaṁ na maññati, manosamphassaṁ na maññati.  
 
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi na maññati, tasmimpi na maññati, tatopi na maññati, taṁ meti na maññati.  
They don’t conceive anything to be the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact. They don’t conceive it in that, they don’t conceive it as that, and they don’t conceive that ‘that is mine.’  

sn35.32manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassepi manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi6Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …    
manosamphasso nicco vā anicco vā”ti?  
 
“Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
Manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact.  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
And they grow disillusioned with the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.33-42mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano jātidhammo, dhammā jātidhammā, manoviññāṇaṁ jātidhammaṁ, manosamphasso jātidhammo.   The mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact are liable to be reborn.  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi jātidhammaṁ.  
And the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also liable to be reborn.  

sn35.43-51mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassepi manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi7Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco, dhammā aniccā, manoviññāṇaṁ aniccaṁ, manosamphasso anicco.   The mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact are impermanent.  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccaṁ.  
The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also impermanent.  
manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati,  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
 

sn35.52mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassepi manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi7Pi En Ru dhamma

mano upassaṭṭho, dhammā upassaṭṭhā, manoviññāṇaṁ upassaṭṭhaṁ, manosamphasso upassaṭṭho.   The mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact are disturbed.  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi upassaṭṭhaṁ.  
And the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also disturbed.  
manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati.  
 
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
 

sn35.53manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …    
manosamphassaṁ …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati.  
And also knowing and seeing the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact as impermanent, ignorance is given up and knowledge arises.  

sn35.54manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …    
manosamphassaṁ …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato saṁyojanā pahīyanti.  
 

sn35.55manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …    
manosamphassaṁ …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anattato jānato passato saṁyojanā samugghātaṁ gacchanti.  
 

sn35.59manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …    
manosamphassaṁ …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anattato jānato passato anusayā samugghātaṁ gacchanti.  
 

sn35.60manosamphassepi manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi3Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati.  
Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, mind contact, and feeling.  

sn35.61manosamphassepi manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi3Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
Evaṁ passaṁ, bhikkhave, sutavā ariyasāvako manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati manosamphassepi nibbindati, vedanāyapi nibbindati.  
Seeing this, a learned noble disciple grows disillusioned with the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, mind contact, and feeling.  

sn35.62mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassepi manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi7Pi En Ru dhamma

mano …   mind …  
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
mind consciousness …  
manosamphasso …  
mind contact …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā, tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact.  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
And they grow disillusioned with the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.63manoviññeyyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

santi ca kho, migajāla, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   There are ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.64manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

santi ca kho, migajāla, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
santi ca kho, migajāla, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.65mano manoviññāṇaviññātabbā manoviññāṇaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

Atthi mano, atthi dhammā, atthi manoviññāṇaṁ, atthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, atthi tattha māro vā mārapaññatti vā.   Where there is the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and phenomena to be known by mind consciousness, there is Māra or what is known as Māra.  
Natthi mano, natthi dhammā, natthi manoviññāṇaṁ, natthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, natthi tattha māro vā mārapaññatti vā”ti.  
Where there is no mind, no ideas, no mind consciousness, and no phenomena to be known by mind consciousness, there is no Māra or what is known as Māra.” 

sn35.68mano manoviññāṇaviññātabbā manoviññāṇaṁ6Pi En Ru dhamma

atthi mano, atthi dhammā, atthi manoviññāṇaṁ, atthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, atthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā.   Where there is the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and phenomena to be known by mind consciousness, there is the world or what is known as the world.  
natthi mano, natthi dhammā, natthi manoviññāṇaṁ, natthi manoviññāṇaviññātabbā dhammā, natthi tattha loko vā lokapaññatti vā”ti.  
Where there is no mind, no ideas, no mind consciousness, and no phenomena to be known by mind consciousness, there is no world or what is known as the world.” 

sn35.69manoti mano’ti6Pi En Ru dhamma

ahaṁ manoti vā mama mano’ti vā.   Or ‘I am the mind’ or ‘the mind is mine.’  
ahaṁ manoti vā mama manoti vā’.  
 
ahaṁ manoti vā mama mano’ti vā”ti.  
Or ‘I am the mind’ or ‘the mind is mine.’”  

sn35.71mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sādhu, bhikkhu, ettha ca te, bhikkhu, mano ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṁ bhavissati.   “Good, mendicant! And regarding the mind, you will truly see clearly with right wisdom that: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’  

sn35.72mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Sādhu, bhikkhu, ettha ca te, bhikkhu, mano ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṁ yathābhūtaṁ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭhaṁ bhavissati.   “Good, mendicant! And regarding the mind, you will truly see clearly with right wisdom that: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self.’  

sn35.73mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   mind permanent or impermanent?”  

sn35.74attamano mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   mind permanent or impermanent?”  
Attamano so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.  
Satisfied, that mendicant was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn35.75attamano mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassepi manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi8Pi En Ru dhamma

mano …   mind …  
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
mind consciousness …  
manosamphasso …  
mind contact …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
manoviññāṇepi …  
mind consciousness …  
manosamphassepi nibbindati.  
mind contact …  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  
Attamano so bhikkhu bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.  
Satisfied, that mendicant was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn35.76mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco. Tatra te chando pahātabbo.   The mind,  
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
mind consciousness,  
manosamphasso …  
and mind contact are impermanent.  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccaṁ. Tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
And the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also impermanent. You should give up desire for it.  

sn35.77mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho …    
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
 
manosamphasso …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi dukkhaṁ. Tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
 

sn35.78mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattā …    
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
 
manosamphasso …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anattā. Tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
 

sn35.79manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manaṁ aniccato jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati. Dhamme … manoviññāṇaṁ … manosamphassaṁ …   Knowing and seeing the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact as impermanent, ignorance is given up and knowledge arises.  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato bhikkhuno avijjā pahīyati, vijjā uppajjati.  
And also knowing and seeing the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact as impermanent, ignorance is given up and knowledge arises.  

sn35.80manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …   mind consciousness,  
manosamphassaṁ …  
and mind contact as other.  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aññato passati.  
And they also see the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact as other.  

sn35.81mano manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho …pe…   Ear … Nose … Tongue … Body … Mind …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi dukkhaṁ.  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also suffering.  

sn35.82mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano lujjati, dhammā lujjanti, manoviññāṇaṁ lujjati, manosamphasso lujjati, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi lujjati.   The mind … ideas … mind consciousness … mind contact is wearing away. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also wearing away.  

sn35.83mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

atthi nu kho so, bhante, mano, yena manena atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivaṭṭe paññāpayamāno paññāpeyyā”ti?   Does the mind exist by which they could be described?”  
natthi kho so, phagguna, mano, yena manena atīte buddhe parinibbute chinnapapañce chinnavaṭume pariyādinnavaṭṭe sabbadukkhavītivaṭṭe paññāpayamāno paññāpeyyā”ti.  
The mind does not exist by which they could be described.”  

sn35.84mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano palokadhammo, dhammā palokadhammā, manoviññāṇaṁ palokadhammaṁ, manosamphasso palokadhammo, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi palokadhammaṁ.   The mind … ideas … mind consciousness … mind contact is liable to wear out. The painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also liable to wear out.  

sn35.85manosamphassapaccayā1Pi En Ru dhamma

yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi suññaṁ attena vā attaniyena vā.   The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also empty of self or what belongs to self.  

sn35.86manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?   The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the ear … nose … tongue … body … mind … painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.87manoviññāṇaviññātabbe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇe12Pi En Ru dhamma

manaṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘etaṁ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?   mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is mine, I am this, this is my self’?”  
manaṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
mind, mind consciousness, and things knowable by mind consciousness in this way: ‘This is not mine, I am not this, this is not my self’.”  
manasmiṁ, āvuso channa, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu kiṁ disvā kiṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassasī”ti?  
 
manasmiṁ, āvuso sāriputta, manoviññāṇe manoviññāṇaviññātabbesu dhammesu nirodhaṁ disvā nirodhaṁ abhiññāya manaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇaviññātabbe dhamme ‘netaṁ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti samanupassāmī”ti.  
 

sn35.88manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

santi kho, puṇṇa, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   There are ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
santi kho, puṇṇa, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
There are ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.89manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?   The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the ear … nose … tongue … body … mind … painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.90mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

manaṁ na maññeyya, manasmiṁ na maññeyya, manato na maññeyya, mano meti na maññeyya;   mind …  
mano viññāṇaṁ …pe…  
mind consciousness …  
manosamphassaṁ …pe…  
mind contact …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi na maññeyya, tasmimpi na maññeyya, tatopi na maññeyya, taṁ meti na maññeyya;  
Let them not conceive anything to be the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact. Let them not conceive it in that, let them not conceive it as that, and let them not conceive that ‘that is mine.’  

sn35.91mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Manaṁ na maññeyya, manasmiṁ na maññeyya, manato na maññeyya, mano meti na maññeyya …   Let them not conceive anything to be the mind …  
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
mind consciousness …  
manosamphassaṁ …  
mind contact …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi na maññeyya, tasmimpi na maññeyya, tatopi na maññeyya, taṁ meti na maññeyya.  
Let them not conceive anything to be the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact. Let them not conceive it in that, let them not conceive it as that, and let them not conceive that ‘that is mine.’  

sn35.92mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Cakkhuñceva rūpā ca, sotañceva saddā ca, ghānañceva gandhā ca, jivhā ceva rasā ca, kāyo ceva phoṭṭhabbā ca, mano ceva dhammā ca—  It’s just the eye and sights, the ear and sounds, the nose and smells, the tongue and tastes, the body and touches, and the mind and ideas.  

sn35.93mano manosamphassassa manosamphasso manosamphassopi manoviññāṇassa manoviññāṇaṁ9Pi En Ru dhamma

Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas.  
Mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī.  
The mind is impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  
Manoviññāṇaṁ aniccaṁ vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi.  
Mind consciousness is impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  
Yopi hetu yopi paccayo manoviññāṇassa uppādāya, sopi hetu sopi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī.  
And the causes and reasons that give rise to mind consciousness are also impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  
Aniccaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, paccayaṁ paṭicca uppannaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ, kuto niccaṁ bhavissati.  
But since mind consciousness has arisen dependent on conditions that are impermanent, how could it be permanent?  
Yā kho, bhikkhave, imesaṁ tiṇṇaṁ dhammānaṁ saṅgati sannipāto samavāyo, ayaṁ vuccati manosamphasso.  
The meeting, coming together, and joining together of these three things is called mind contact.  
Manosamphassopi anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī.  
Mind contact is also impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  
Yopi hetu yopi paccayo manosamphassassa uppādāya, sopi hetu sopi paccayo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī.  
And the causes and reasons that give rise to mind contact are also impermanent, decaying, and perishing.  
Aniccaṁ kho pana, bhikkhave, paccayaṁ paṭicca uppanno manosamphasso, kuto nicco bhavissati.  
But since mind contact has arisen dependent on conditions that are impermanent, how could it be permanent?  

sn35.94amanoramāni mano manomayaṁ manoramaṁ manorame manoramāni8Pi En Ru dhamma

mano, bhikkhave, phassāyatanaṁ adantaṁ aguttaṁ arakkhitaṁ asaṁvutaṁ dukkhādhivāhaṁ hoti.   The field of mind contact brings suffering when it’s untamed, unguarded, unprotected, and unrestrained.  
mano, bhikkhave, phassāyatanaṁ sudantaṁ suguttaṁ surakkhitaṁ susaṁvutaṁ sukhādhivāhaṁ hoti.  
The field of mind contact brings happiness when it’s well tamed, well guarded, well protected, and well restrained.  
Disvāna rūpāni manoramāni,  
When you’ve seen pleasant sights  
Athopi disvāna amanoramāni;  
and unpleasant ones, too,  
Manorame rāgapathaṁ vinodaye,  
get rid of all manner of desire for the pleasant,  
Gandhañca ghatvā surabhiṁ manoramaṁ,  
When you’ve smelled a pleasant, fragrant scent,  
Manomayaṁ gehasitañca sabbaṁ,  
When you’ve expelled all thoughts of the lay life,  
Evaṁ mano chassu yadā subhāvito,  
When the mind is well developed like this regarding the six,  

sn35.95manoviññeyyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Ye te manoviññeyyā dhammā aviññātā aviññātapubbā, na ca vijānāsi, na ca te hoti vijāneyyanti? Atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṁ vā”ti?   ideas known by the mind that you haven’t known, you’ve never known before, you don’t know, and you don’t think would be known?”  

sn35.97manoviññeyyesu2Pi En Ru dhamma

manindriyaṁ asaṁvutassa, bhikkhave, viharato cittaṁ byāsiñcati manoviññeyyesu dhammesu,   mind faculty unrestrained, your mind becomes polluted when it comes to ideas known by the mind.  
Manindriyaṁ saṁvutassa, bhikkhave, viharato cittaṁ na byāsiñcati, manoviññeyyesu dhammesu,  
mind faculty restrained, your mind doesn’t become polluted when it comes to ideas known by the mind.  

sn35.98manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.99mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

‘mano aniccan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.   They truly understand that the mind is impermanent.  
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
mind consciousness …  
manosamphasso …  
mind contact …  
‘yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.  
the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is impermanent.  

sn35.100manosamphassapaccayā1Pi En Ru dhamma

‘yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccan’ti yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti.   the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is impermanent.  

sn35.101mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

Mano na tumhākaṁ.   The mind isn’t yours: give it up.  
Manoviññāṇaṁ na tumhākaṁ.  
Mind consciousness …  
Manosamphasso na tumhākaṁ.  
Mind contact …  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi na tumhākaṁ.  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact isn’t yours: give it up.  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi na tumhākaṁ.  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact isn’t yours: give it up.  

sn35.102manosamphassapaccayā1Pi En Ru dhamma

yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi na tumhākaṁ.   The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact isn’t yours: give it up.  

sn35.104manoviññeyyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   There are ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.105mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   mind permanent or impermanent?”  

sn35.106manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Ayaṁ dukkhassa samudayo …pe… manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  

sn35.107manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  

sn35.108mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   “Is the mind permanent or impermanent?”  

sn35.109mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano saṁyojaniyo dhammo.   mind is something that’s prone to being fettered.  

sn35.110mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano upādāniyo dhammo.   mind is something that’s prone to being grasped.  

sn35.113manoviññāṇaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.   Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  
manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇaṁ. Tiṇṇaṁ saṅgati phasso.  
Mind consciousness arises dependent on the mind and ideas. The meeting of the three is contact.  

sn35.114manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   There are ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
Santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
There are ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.115manoviññeyyehi manoviññeyyesu manoviññeyyā4Pi En Ru dhamma

santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu baddho manoviññeyyesu dhammesu, āvāsagato mārassa, mārassa vasaṁ gato, paṭimukkassa mārapāso.  
they’re called a mendicant who is bound when it comes to ideas known by the mind. They’re trapped in Māra’s lair, fallen under Māra’s sway, and caught in Māra’s snare.  
santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu mutto manoviññeyyehi dhammehi, nāvāsagato mārassa, na mārassa vasaṁ gato, ummukkassa mārapāso.  
they’re called a mendicant not trapped in Māra’s lair, not fallen under Māra’s sway, and released from Māra’s snare.  

sn35.117mano9Pi En Ru dhamma

yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe”ti.   mind ceases and perception of ideas fades away.”  
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe’ti.  
 
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe’ti.  
 
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe”ti.  
 
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe’ti.  
mind ceases and perception of ideas fades away.’  
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe’ti.  
mind ceases and perception of ideas fades away.’  
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe’ti.  
 
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe’ti, tesaṁ no, bhante, amhākaṁ acirapakkantassa bhagavato etadahosi:  
 
yattha mano ca nirujjhati, dhammasaññā ca nirujjhati, se āyatane veditabbe”ti.  
 

sn35.118manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

santi kho, devānaminda, manoviññeyyā dhammā, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
santi kho, devānaminda, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.119manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

santi kho, pañcasikha, manoviññeyyā dhammā, iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
santi kho, pañcasikha, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.121attamano mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassepi manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ manoviññāṇepi8Pi En Ru dhamma

“Mano nicco vā anicco vā”ti?   mind permanent or impermanent?”  
“Manoviññāṇaṁ niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
mind consciousness …  
“Manosamphasso nicco vā anicco vā”ti?  
mind contact permanent or impermanent?”  
“Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṁ, saññāgataṁ, saṅkhāragataṁ, viññāṇagataṁ, tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?  
“Anything included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
Manasmimpi nibbindati, dhammesupi nibbindati, manoviññāṇepi nibbindati, manosamphassepi nibbindati, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedanāgataṁ saññāgataṁ saṅkhāragataṁ viññāṇagataṁ tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact. And they grow disillusioned with anything included in feeling, perception, choices, and consciousness that arises conditioned by mind contact.  
Attamano āyasmā rāhulo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.  
Satisfied, Venerable Rāhula was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn35.122manoviññeyyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.123manoviññeyyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.124manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

santi kho, gahapati, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
santi kho, gahapati, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.129manodhātu manoviññāṇañca6Pi En Ru dhamma

saṁvijjati kho, gahapati, manodhātu, dhammā ca manāpā, manoviññāṇañca sukhavedaniyaṁ.   mind element is found, as are agreeable ideas, and mind consciousness.  
Saṁvijjati kho, gahapati, manodhātu, dhammā ca amanāpā, manoviññāṇañca dukkhavedaniyaṁ.  
The mind element is found, as are disagreeable ideas, and mind consciousness.  
Saṁvijjati kho, gahapati, manodhātu, dhammā ca upekkhāvedaniyā, manoviññāṇañca adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṁ.  
The mind element is found, as are ideas that are a basis for equanimity, and mind consciousness.  

sn35.130manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manasā dhammaṁ viññāya ‘manāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti manoviññāṇaṁ sukhavedaniyañca.   knows an idea with the mind and understands it to be agreeable.  
Manasā kho paneva dhammaṁ viññāya ‘amanāpaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti manoviññāṇaṁ dukkhavedaniyañca.  
Then they know an idea and understand it to be disagreeable.  
Manasā kho paneva dhammaṁ viññāya ‘upekkhāṭṭhāniyaṁ itthetan’ti pajānāti manoviññāṇaṁ adukkhamasukhavedaniyañca.  
Then they know an idea and understand it to be a basis for equanimity.  

sn35.131manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

santi kho, gahapati, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
santi kho, gahapati, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.132anattamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ vutte, lohicco brāhmaṇo kupito ahosi anattamano.   When they said this, Lohicca was offended and upset.  

sn35.134amanoramāpi manoramāpi manoviññeyyā5Pi En Ru dhamma

Santi, bhikkhave, cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā manoramāpi, amanoramāpi.   There are sights known by the eye that are pleasant and also those that are unpleasant.  
santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā manoramāpi amanoramāpi.  
There are ideas known by the mind that are pleasant and also those that are unpleasant.  

sn35.138mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano na tumhākaṁ; taṁ pajahatha.   mind isn’t yours: give it up.  
mano na tumhākaṁ; taṁ pajahatha.  
mind isn’t yours: give it up.  

sn35.140mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco.   mind is impermanent.  
Aniccasambhūto, bhikkhave, mano kuto nicco bhavissati.  
Since the mind is produced by what is impermanent, how could it be permanent?  

sn35.141mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho.   mind is suffering.  
Dukkhasambhūto, bhikkhave, mano kuto sukho bhavissati.  
Since the mind is produced by what is suffering, how could it be happiness?  

sn35.142mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattā.   mind is not-self.  
Anattasambhūto, bhikkhave, mano kuto attā bhavissati.  
Since the mind is produced by what is not-self, how could it be self?  

sn35.146kāyakammavacīkammamanokammassa mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano purāṇakammo abhisaṅkhato abhisañcetayito vedaniyo daṭṭhabbo.   mind is old action. It should be seen as produced by choices and intentions, as something to be felt.  
Yo kho, bhikkhave, kāyakammavacīkammamanokammassa nirodhā vimuttiṁ phusati,  
When you experience freedom due to the cessation of deeds by body, speech, and mind.  

sn35.147mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano aniccoti passati, dhammā aniccāti passati, manoviññāṇaṁ aniccanti passati, manosamphasso aniccoti passati, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccanti passati.   mind, ideas, mind-consciousness, and mind contact are impermanent. And they see that the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also impermanent.  

sn35.148mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkhoti passati, dhammā dukkhāti passati, manoviññāṇaṁ dukkhanti passati, manosamphasso dukkhoti passati, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi dukkhanti passati.   mind, ideas, mind-consciousness, and mind contact are suffering. And they see that the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also suffering.  

sn35.149mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattāti passati, dhammā anattāti passati, manoviññāṇaṁ anattāti passati, manosamphasso anattāti passati, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anattāti passati.   They see that the ear … nose … tongue … body … mind, ideas, mind-consciousness, and mind contact are not-self. And they see that the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also not-self.  

sn35.150manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi niccaṁ vā aniccaṁ vā”ti?   The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact: is that permanent or impermanent?”  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the ear … nose … tongue … body … mind … painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.152mano manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho;   mind …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi dukkhaṁ;  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also suffering.  

sn35.160mano manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano aniccoti yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati, dhammā aniccāti yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati …pe…   mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact are impermanent.  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati.  
And it also becomes truly clear that the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is impermanent.  

sn35.161mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano aniccoti yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati, dhammā …   It becomes truly clear that the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact are impermanent.  
manoviññāṇaṁ …  
 
manosamphasso …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccanti yathābhūtaṁ okkhāyati.  
And it also becomes truly clear that the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is impermanent.  

sn35.162mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco; tatra te chando pahātabbo.   The mind,  
Manoviññāṇaṁ aniccaṁ; tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
mind consciousness,  
Manosamphasso anicco; tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
and mind contact are impermanent: you should give up desire for them.  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccaṁ; tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also impermanent: you should give up desire for it.  

sn35.163mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho; tatra te chando pahātabbo.   The mind,  
Manoviññāṇaṁ dukkhaṁ; tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
mind consciousness,  
Manosamphasso dukkho; tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
and mind contact are suffering: you should give up desire for them.  
Yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi dukkhaṁ; tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also suffering: you should give up desire for it.  

sn35.164mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattā; tatra te chando pahātabbo.   The mind,  
Manoviññāṇaṁ …  
mind consciousness,  
manosamphasso …  
and mind contact …  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anattā; tatra te chando pahātabbo.  
The pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also not-self: you should give up desire for it.  

sn35.165manosamphassapaccayā1Pi En Ru dhamma

yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccato jānato passato micchādiṭṭhi pahīyati.   And also knowing and seeing the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact as impermanent, wrong view is given up.  

sn35.166manosamphassapaccayā1Pi En Ru dhamma

yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi dukkhato jānato passato sakkāyadiṭṭhi pahīyati.   And also knowing and seeing the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact as suffering, substantialist view is given up.  

sn35.167manosamphassapaccayā manosamphassaṁ manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññāṇaṁ …    
manosamphassaṁ …  
 
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi anattato jānato passato attānudiṭṭhi pahīyatī”ti.  
And also knowing and seeing the pleasant, painful, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact as not-self, view of self is given up.”  

sn35.168mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco; tatra vo chando pahātabbo.   you should give up desire for them.  

sn35.169mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco;    

sn35.170mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco;    

sn35.171-173mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho; tatra vo chando pahātabbo, rāgo pahātabbo, chandarāgo pahātabbo.   and mind are suffering …” 

sn35.174-176mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattā; tatra vo chando pahātabbo, rāgo pahātabbo, chandarāgo pahātabbo.   " 

sn35.186mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, aniccaṁ atītaṁ …pe… jivhā aniccā atītā …pe… mano anicco atīto.   “Mendicants, in the past the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind were impermanent.  

sn35.187mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, aniccaṁ anāgataṁ …pe… jivhā aniccā anāgatā …pe… mano anicco anāgato.   “Mendicants, in the future the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind will be impermanent …”  

sn35.188mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, aniccaṁ paccuppannaṁ …pe… jivhā aniccā paccuppannā …pe… mano anicco paccuppanno.   “Mendicants, in the present the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are impermanent …”  

sn35.189-191mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ atītaṁ anāgataṁ paccuppannaṁ …pe… jivhā dukkhā atītā anāgatā paccuppannā …pe… mano dukkho atīto anāgato paccuppanno.   “Mendicants, in the past … future … present the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are suffering …”  

sn35.192-194mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, anattā atītaṁ anāgataṁ paccuppannaṁ …pe… jivhā anattā …pe… mano anattā atīto anāgato paccuppanno.   “Mendicants, in the past … future … present the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are not-self …”  

sn35.204mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco atīto.    

sn35.205mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco anāgato.    

sn35.206mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anicco paccuppanno.    

sn35.207-209mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dukkho atīto anāgato paccuppanno.    

sn35.210-212mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano anattā atīto anāgato paccuppanno.    

sn35.222mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, aniccaṁ …pe… jivhā aniccā …pe… mano anicco.   “Mendicants, the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are impermanent.  

sn35.223mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, dukkhaṁ …pe… jivhā dukkhā …pe… mano dukkho.   “Mendicants, the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are suffering.  

sn35.224mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

“Cakkhu, bhikkhave, anattā …pe… jivhā anattā …pe… mano anattā.   “Mendicants, the eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are not-self.  

sn35.228mano manosamuddaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano, bhikkhave, purisassa samuddo;   mind is an ocean,  
Yo taṁ dhammamayaṁ vegaṁ sahati, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, atari manosamuddaṁ saūmiṁ sāvaṭṭaṁ sagāhaṁ sarakkhasaṁ;  
Someone who can withstand those currents is said to have crossed over the ocean of the mind, with its waves and whirlpools, its saltwater crocodiles and monsters.  

sn35.229manoviññeyyā1Pi En Ru dhamma

Santi, bhikkhave, jivhāviññeyyā rasā …pe… santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   There are sounds … smells … tastes … touches … ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.230manoviññeyyā2Pi En Ru dhamma

Santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.   ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  
Santi, bhikkhave, manoviññeyyā dhammā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kāmūpasaṁhitā rajanīyā.  
ideas known by the mind that are likable, desirable, agreeable, pleasant, sensual, and arousing.  

sn35.231manoviññeyyesu manoviññeyyā8Pi En Ru dhamma

Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi, yo doso so atthi, yo moho so atthi, yo rāgo so appahīno, yo doso so appahīno, yo moho so appahīno, tassa parittā cepi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti pariyādiyantevassa cittaṁ; ko pana vādo adhimattānaṁ.   ideas known by the mind, they still have greed, hate, and delusion, and have not given them up. If even trivial ideas come into the range of the mind they overcome their mind, let alone those that are compelling.  
Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so atthi, yo doso so atthi, yo moho so atthi, yo rāgo so appahīno, yo doso so appahīno, yo moho so appahīno, tassa parittā cepi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti pariyādiyantevassa cittaṁ; ko pana vādo adhimattānaṁ.  
ideas known by the mind, they still have greed, hate, and delusion, and have not given them up. If even trivial ideas come into the range of the mind they overcome their mind, let alone those that are compelling.  
Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā jivhāviññeyyesu rasesu …pe… manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi, yo doso so natthi, yo moho so natthi, yo rāgo so pahīno, yo doso so pahīno, yo moho so pahīno, tassa adhimattā cepi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti; ko pana vādo parittānaṁ.  
When it comes to sounds … smells … tastes … touches … ideas known by the mind, they have no greed, hate, and delusion left, and have given them up. If even compelling ideas come into the range of the mind they don’t overcome their mind, let alone those that are trivial.  
Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhussa vā bhikkhuniyā vā manoviññeyyesu dhammesu yo rāgo so natthi, yo doso so natthi, yo moho so natthi, yo rāgo so pahīno, yo doso so pahīno, yo moho so pahīno, tassa adhimattā cepi manoviññeyyā dhammā manassa āpāthaṁ āgacchanti, nevassa cittaṁ pariyādiyanti; ko pana vādo parittānaṁ.  
ideas known by the mind, they have no greed, hate, and delusion left, and have given them up. If even compelling ideas come into the range of the mind they don’t overcome their mind, let alone those that are trivial.  

sn35.232mano8Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, dhammā manassa saṁyojanan”ti?   mind the fetter of ideas, or are ideas the fetter of the mind?”  
na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ.  
mind is not the fetter of ideas, nor are ideas the fetter of the mind.  
na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ.  
mind is not the fetter of ideas, nor are ideas the fetter of the mind.  
Mano vā, āvuso, dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ abhavissa, dhammā vā manassa saṁyojanaṁ, nayidaṁ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.  
mind were the fetter of ideas, or if ideas were the fetter of the mind, this living of the spiritual life for the complete ending of suffering would not be found.  
Yasmā ca kho, āvuso, na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ;  
However, since this is not the case, but  
na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ.  
 
Saṁvijjati kho, āvuso, bhagavato mano.  
The Buddha has a mind  
na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ;  
mind is not the fetter of ideas, nor are ideas the fetter of the mind.  

sn35.233mano3Pi En Ru dhamma

mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, dhammā manassa saṁyojanan”ti?   mind the fetter of ideas, or are ideas the fetter of the mind?”  
na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ.  
mind is not the fetter of ideas, nor are ideas the fetter of the mind.  
na mano …pe…  
mind is not the fetter of ideas, nor are ideas the fetter of the mind.  

sn35.234manoviññāṇan’ti manoviññāṇassa manoviññāṇaṁ3Pi En Ru dhamma

“Manañcāvuso, paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati manoviññāṇan”ti?   mind consciousness arise dependent on the mind and ideas?”  
“Yo cāvuso, hetu, yo ca paccayo manoviññāṇassa uppādāya, so ca hetu, so ca paccayo sabbena sabbaṁ sabbathā sabbaṁ aparisesaṁ nirujjheyya, api nu kho manoviññāṇaṁ paññāyethā”ti?  
“If the cause and reason that gives rise to mind consciousness were to totally and utterly cease without anything left over, would mind consciousness still be found?”  

sn35.235mano manosamphassapaccayā manosamphasso manoviññāṇaṁ5Pi En Ru dhamma

iti mano anicco, dhammā aniccā, manoviññāṇaṁ aniccaṁ, manosamphasso anicco, yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tampi aniccaṁ”.   the mind, ideas, mind consciousness, and mind contact are impermanent. And the painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact is also impermanent.’  
yampidaṁ manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṁ sukhaṁ vā dukkhaṁ vā adukkhamasukhaṁ vā tasmimpi nibbindati.  
They grow disillusioned with the ear … nose … tongue … body … mind … painful, pleasant, or neutral feeling that arises conditioned by mind contact.  

sn35.236manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

manasmiṁ sati manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhaṁ dukkhaṁ …pe….   mind, pleasure and pain arise internally conditioned by mind contact.  
manasmiṁ asati manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhaṁ dukkhan”ti.  
mind, pleasure and pain don’t arise internally conditioned by mind contact.” 

sn35.237manosamphassapaccayā2Pi En Ru dhamma

manasmiṁ sati manosamphassapaccayā uppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhaṁ dukkhaṁ …pe….   mind, pleasure and pain arise internally conditioned by mind contact.  
manasmiṁ asati manosamphassapaccayā nuppajjati ajjhattaṁ sukhaṁ dukkhan”ti.  
mind, pleasure and pain don’t arise internally conditioned by mind contact.”  

sn35.238mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano, bhikkhave, haññati manāpāmanāpesu dhammesu.   mind is struck by both agreeable and disagreeable ideas.  

sn35.240manovitakke1Pi En Ru dhamma

Samodahaṁ bhikkhu manovitakke;   as a tortoise draws its limbs into its shell.  

sn35.243manoviññeyyesu2Pi En Ru dhamma

avassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu.   ideas known by the mind.  
anavassuto manoviññeyyesu dhammesu.  
sounds … smells … tastes … touches … ideas known by the mind.  

sn35.246manoviññeyyehi manoviññeyyesu2Pi En Ru dhamma

manoviññeyyesu dhammesu uppajjeyya chando vā rāgo vā doso vā moho vā paṭighaṁ vāpi cetaso tato cittaṁ nivāreyya.   ideas known by the mind should shield their mind against them:  
Tato cittaṁ nivāraye manoviññeyyehi dhammehi.  
The mind should be shielded from this when it comes to ideas known by the mind.  

sn35.247mano2Pi En Ru dhamma

mano āviñchati manāpiyesu dhammesu, amanāpiyā dhammā paṭikūlā honti.   mind pulls towards pleasant ideas, but is put off by unpleasant ideas.  
mano nāviñchati manāpiyesu dhammesu, amanāpiyā dhammā nappaṭikūlā honti.  
mind doesn’t pull towards pleasant ideas, and isn’t put off by unpleasant ideas.  

sn36.22manosamphassajā1Pi En Ru dhamma

manosamphassajā vedanā—  mind contact. …  

sn41.1mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Na mano dhammānaṁ saṁyojanaṁ, na dhammā manassa saṁyojanaṁ;   mind is not the fetter of ideas, nor are ideas the fetter of the mind.  

sn41.2manodhātu manoviññāṇadhātu2Pi En Ru dhamma

manodhātu, dhammadhātu, manoviññāṇadhātu.   The mind element, the idea element, the mind consciousness element.  

sn42.13attamano4Pi En Ru dhamma

Tassa rājā attamano abhihāramadāsi.   The king was delighted and gave him this reward.  
Tassa rājā attamano abhihāramadāsi.  
The king was delighted and gave him this reward. …’ …  
Tassa rājā attamano abhihāramadāsi.  
The king was delighted and gave him this reward. …’ …  
Tassa rājā attamano abhihāramadāsi.  
The king was delighted and gave him this reward. …’ …  

sn45.4mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Hirī īsā mano yottaṁ,   Conscience is its pole, mind its strap,  

sn46.6manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Idha, kuṇḍaliya, bhikkhu kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāveti, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāveti, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāveti.   A mendicant gives up bad conduct by way of body, speech, and mind, and develops good conduct by way of body, speech, and mind.  

sn46.14attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.   Satisfied, Venerable Mahākassapa was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn46.15attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandi.   Satisfied, Venerable Mahāmoggallāna was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn46.29mano1Pi En Ru dhamma

mano saṁyojanīyo dhammo.   mind is something that’s prone to being fettered.  

sn47.10attamano1Pi En Ru dhamma

Attamano āyasmā ānando bhagavato bhāsitaṁ abhinandīti.   Satisfied, Venerable Ānanda was happy with what the Buddha said.  

sn47.47manoduccaritaṁ manosucaritaṁ4Pi En Ru dhamma

Manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāvessasi.    
Yato kho tvaṁ, bhikkhu, kāyaduccaritaṁ pahāya kāyasucaritaṁ bhāvessasi, vacīduccaritaṁ pahāya vacīsucaritaṁ bhāvessasi, manoduccaritaṁ pahāya manosucaritaṁ bhāvessasi, tato tvaṁ, bhikkhu, sīlaṁ nissāya sīle patiṭṭhāya cattāro satipaṭṭhāne bhāveyyāsi.  
When you’ve done this, you should develop the four kinds of mindfulness meditation, depending on and grounded on ethics.  

sn48.36manosamphassajaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ sukhaṁ, cetasikaṁ sātaṁ, manosamphassajaṁ sukhaṁ sātaṁ vedayitaṁ—  Mental enjoyment, mental pleasure, the enjoyable, pleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  
Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ, cetasikaṁ asātaṁ, manosamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ— 
Mental pain, mental displeasure, the painful, unpleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  

sn48.37manosamphassajaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ sukhaṁ, cetasikaṁ sātaṁ, manosamphassajaṁ sukhaṁ sātaṁ vedayitaṁ—  Mental enjoyment, mental pleasure, the enjoyable, pleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  
Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ, cetasikaṁ asātaṁ, manosamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ— 
Mental pain, mental displeasure, the painful, unpleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  

sn48.38manosamphassajaṁ2Pi En Ru dhamma

Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ sukhaṁ, cetasikaṁ sātaṁ, manosamphassajaṁ sukhaṁ sātaṁ vedayitaṁ—  Mental enjoyment, mental pleasure, the enjoyable, pleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  
Yaṁ kho, bhikkhave, cetasikaṁ dukkhaṁ, cetasikaṁ asātaṁ, manosamphassajaṁ dukkhaṁ asātaṁ vedayitaṁ— 
Mental pain, mental displeasure, the painful, unpleasant feeling that’s born from mind contact.  

sn48.39dummanosmī’ti dummanova sumanosmī’ti sumanova4Pi En Ru dhamma

So sumanova samāno ‘sumanosmī’ti pajānāti.   When in a state of happiness, you understand: ‘I’m in a state of happiness.’  
So dummanova samāno ‘dummanosmī’ti pajānāti.  
When in a state of sadness, you understand: ‘I’m in a state of sadness.’  

sn48.41manoramaṁ1Pi En Ru dhamma

Tāva manoramaṁ bimbaṁ,   That’s how much this delightful puppet  

sn48.42mano manova2Pi En Ru dhamma

Imesaṁ kho, brāhmaṇa, pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ nānāvisayānaṁ nānāgocarānaṁ na aññamaññassa gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhontānaṁ mano paṭisaraṇaṁ, manova nesaṁ gocaravisayaṁ paccanubhotī”ti.   These five faculties, with their different scopes and ranges, have recourse to the mind. And the mind experiences their scopes and ranges.”  

sn51.11manoduccaritena manosucaritena2Pi En Ru dhamma

Evaṁ bhāvitesu kho, bhikkhu, catūsu iddhipādesu evaṁ bahulīkatesu, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti: ‘ime vata, bhonto, sattā kāyaduccaritena samannāgatā vacīduccaritena samannāgatā manoduccaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ upavādakā micchādiṭṭhikā micchādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā apāyaṁ duggatiṁ vinipātaṁ nirayaṁ upapannā. Ime vā pana, bhonto, sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṁ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā; te kāyassa bhedā paraṁ maraṇā sugatiṁ saggaṁ lokaṁ upapannā’ti. Iti dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte, suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti.   When the four bases of psychic power have been developed and cultivated in this way, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds. ‘These dear beings did bad things by way of body, speech, and mind. They spoke ill of the noble ones; they had wrong view; and they chose to act out of that wrong view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a place of loss, a bad place, the underworld, hell. These dear beings, however, did good things by way of body, speech, and mind. They never spoke ill of the noble ones; they had right view; and they chose to act out of that right view. When their body breaks up, after death, they’re reborn in a good place, a heavenly realm.’ And so, with clairvoyance that is purified and superhuman, they see sentient beings passing away and being reborn—inferior and superior, beautiful and ugly, in a good place or a bad place. They understand how sentient beings are reborn according to their deeds.  

sn51.22manomayena3Pi En Ru dhamma

“abhijānāti nu kho, bhante, bhagavā iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti?   “Sir, do you have personal experience of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with a mind-made body?”  
“Abhijānāmi khvāhaṁ, ānanda, iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā”ti.  
“I do, Ānanda.”  
“Yañca kho omāti, bhante, bhagavā iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamituṁ, yañca kho abhijānāti, bhante, bhagavā iminā cātumahābhūtikena kāyena iddhiyā brahmalokaṁ upasaṅkamitā, tayidaṁ, bhante, bhagavato acchariyañceva abbhutañcā”ti.  
“It’s incredible and amazing that the Buddha is capable of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with a mind-made body! And that he has personal experience of going to the Brahmā realm by psychic power with this body made up of the four primary elements!”  

sn55.21manobhāvanīye1Pi En Ru dhamma

So khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ kapilavatthuṁ pavisanto;   In the late afternoon, after paying homage to the Buddha or an esteemed mendicant, I enter Kapilavatthu.  

sn55.22manobhāvanīye1Pi En Ru dhamma

So khvāhaṁ, bhante, bhagavantaṁ vā payirupāsitvā manobhāvanīye vā bhikkhū sāyanhasamayaṁ kapilavatthuṁ pavisanto;   In the late afternoon, after paying homage to the Buddha or an esteemed mendicant, I enter Kapilavatthu.